1 /* 2 * CDDL HEADER START 3 * 4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the 5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). 6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. 7 * 8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE 9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. 10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions 11 * and limitations under the License. 12 * 13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each 14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. 15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the 16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying 17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] 18 * 19 * CDDL HEADER END 20 */ 21 22 /* 23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2019 by Delphix. All rights reserved. 25 * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. 26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved. 27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved. 28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com] 29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com> 30 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc. 31 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. 32 * Copyright (c) 2017 Datto Inc. 33 * Copyright 2018 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. 34 */ 35 36 /* 37 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator 38 * 39 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state. 40 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a 41 * pool. 42 */ 43 44 #include <sys/zfs_context.h> 45 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h> 46 #include <sys/spa_impl.h> 47 #include <sys/zio.h> 48 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h> 49 #include <sys/dmu.h> 50 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h> 51 #include <sys/zap.h> 52 #include <sys/zil.h> 53 #include <sys/ddt.h> 54 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h> 55 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h> 56 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h> 57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h> 58 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h> 59 #include <sys/metaslab.h> 60 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h> 61 #include <sys/mmp.h> 62 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h> 63 #include <sys/txg.h> 64 #include <sys/avl.h> 65 #include <sys/bpobj.h> 66 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h> 67 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h> 68 #include <sys/unique.h> 69 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h> 70 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h> 71 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h> 72 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h> 73 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h> 74 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h> 75 #include <sys/arc.h> 76 #include <sys/callb.h> 77 #include <sys/systeminfo.h> 78 #include <sys/spa_boot.h> 79 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h> 80 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h> 81 #include <sys/zfeature.h> 82 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h> 83 #include <sys/abd.h> 84 85 #ifdef _KERNEL 86 #include <sys/bootprops.h> 87 #include <sys/callb.h> 88 #include <sys/cpupart.h> 89 #include <sys/pool.h> 90 #include <sys/sysdc.h> 91 #include <sys/zone.h> 92 #endif /* _KERNEL */ 93 94 #include "zfs_prop.h" 95 #include "zfs_comutil.h" 96 97 /* 98 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes 99 * should be retried. 100 */ 101 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300; 102 103 typedef enum zti_modes { 104 ZTI_MODE_FIXED, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */ 105 ZTI_MODE_BATCH, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */ 106 ZTI_MODE_NULL, /* don't create a taskq */ 107 ZTI_NMODES 108 } zti_modes_t; 109 110 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) } 111 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 } 112 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 } 113 114 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1) 115 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1) 116 117 typedef struct zio_taskq_info { 118 zti_modes_t zti_mode; 119 uint_t zti_value; 120 uint_t zti_count; 121 } zio_taskq_info_t; 122 123 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = { 124 "issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high" 125 }; 126 127 /* 128 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When 129 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized 130 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static 131 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE 132 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH 133 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations 134 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a 135 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an 136 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per- 137 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the 138 * particular taskq is chosen at random. 139 * 140 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue 141 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that 142 * need to be handled with minimum delay. 143 */ 144 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = { 145 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */ 146 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */ 147 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */ 148 { ZTI_BATCH, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_N(8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */ 149 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */ 150 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */ 151 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */ 152 }; 153 154 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx); 155 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx); 156 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa); 157 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport); 158 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa); 159 160 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */ 161 id_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE; 162 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE; /* use SDC scheduling class */ 163 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc = 80; /* base duty cycle */ 164 165 boolean_t spa_create_process = B_TRUE; /* no process ==> no sysdc */ 166 extern int zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free; 167 168 /* 169 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load. 170 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools. 171 */ 172 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE; 173 174 /* 175 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order 176 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices. 177 */ 178 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import" 179 180 /* 181 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import. 182 */ 183 boolean_t spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE; 184 185 /* 186 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing 187 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced 188 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with 189 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their 190 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue". 191 * 192 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all 193 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been 194 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the 195 * addition of that device should be completely intact. 196 * 197 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are 198 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be 199 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently. 200 * 201 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries 202 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that 203 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be 204 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks. 205 */ 206 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0; 207 208 /* 209 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only 210 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which 211 * might be incomplete or out-dated. 212 * 213 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have 214 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered. 215 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices 216 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose 217 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available 218 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config. 219 */ 220 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1; 221 222 /* 223 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks 224 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have 225 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes. 226 */ 227 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0; 228 229 /* 230 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end. 231 */ 232 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE; 233 234 /* 235 * ========================================================================== 236 * SPA properties routines 237 * ========================================================================== 238 */ 239 240 /* 241 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist. 242 */ 243 static void 244 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval, 245 uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src) 246 { 247 const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop); 248 nvlist_t *propval; 249 250 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 251 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0); 252 253 if (strval != NULL) 254 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0); 255 else 256 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0); 257 258 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0); 259 nvlist_free(propval); 260 } 261 262 /* 263 * Get property values from the spa configuration. 264 */ 265 static void 266 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp) 267 { 268 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 269 dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 270 uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version; 271 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE; 272 spa_config_dirent_t *dp; 273 metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa); 274 275 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock)); 276 277 if (rvd != NULL) { 278 alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc); 279 alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa)); 280 alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 281 282 size = metaslab_class_get_space(mc); 283 size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa)); 284 size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 285 286 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src); 287 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src); 288 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src); 289 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL, 290 size - alloc, src); 291 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL, 292 spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src); 293 294 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL, 295 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src); 296 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL, 297 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src); 298 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL, 299 (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src); 300 301 cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size); 302 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src); 303 304 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL, 305 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src); 306 307 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL, 308 rvd->vdev_state, src); 309 310 version = spa_version(spa); 311 if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION)) 312 src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT; 313 else 314 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL; 315 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src); 316 } 317 318 if (pool != NULL) { 319 /* 320 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS, 321 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL. 322 */ 323 if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) { 324 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL, 325 dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes, 326 src); 327 } else { 328 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, 329 NULL, 0, src); 330 } 331 332 if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) { 333 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL, 334 dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes, 335 src); 336 } else { 337 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, 338 NULL, 0, src); 339 } 340 } 341 342 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src); 343 344 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) { 345 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment, 346 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 347 } 348 349 if (spa->spa_root != NULL) 350 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root, 351 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 352 353 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) { 354 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL, 355 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 356 } else { 357 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL, 358 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 359 } 360 361 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE)) { 362 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL, 363 DNODE_MAX_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 364 } else { 365 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL, 366 DNODE_MIN_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE); 367 } 368 369 if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) { 370 if (dp->scd_path == NULL) { 371 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE, 372 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 373 } else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) { 374 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE, 375 dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL); 376 } 377 } 378 } 379 380 /* 381 * Get zpool property values. 382 */ 383 int 384 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp) 385 { 386 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset; 387 zap_cursor_t zc; 388 zap_attribute_t za; 389 int err; 390 391 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 392 393 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); 394 395 /* 396 * Get properties from the spa config. 397 */ 398 spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp); 399 400 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */ 401 if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) { 402 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 403 return (0); 404 } 405 406 /* 407 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object. 408 */ 409 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object); 410 (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0; 411 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 412 uint64_t intval = 0; 413 char *strval = NULL; 414 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT; 415 zpool_prop_t prop; 416 417 if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) 418 continue; 419 420 switch (za.za_integer_length) { 421 case 8: 422 /* integer property */ 423 if (za.za_first_integer != 424 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop)) 425 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL; 426 427 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) { 428 dsl_pool_t *dp; 429 dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL; 430 431 dp = spa_get_dsl(spa); 432 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG); 433 err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp, 434 za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds); 435 if (err != 0) { 436 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG); 437 break; 438 } 439 440 strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN, 441 KM_SLEEP); 442 dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval); 443 dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG); 444 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG); 445 } else { 446 strval = NULL; 447 intval = za.za_first_integer; 448 } 449 450 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src); 451 452 if (strval != NULL) 453 kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN); 454 455 break; 456 457 case 1: 458 /* string property */ 459 strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP); 460 err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object, 461 za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval); 462 if (err) { 463 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers); 464 break; 465 } 466 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src); 467 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers); 468 break; 469 470 default: 471 break; 472 } 473 } 474 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 475 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 476 out: 477 if (err && err != ENOENT) { 478 nvlist_free(*nvp); 479 *nvp = NULL; 480 return (err); 481 } 482 483 return (0); 484 } 485 486 /* 487 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list 488 * for the property values to be set. 489 */ 490 static int 491 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props) 492 { 493 nvpair_t *elem; 494 int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0; 495 uint64_t objnum = 0; 496 boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE; 497 498 elem = NULL; 499 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) { 500 uint64_t intval; 501 char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname; 502 const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem); 503 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname); 504 505 switch (prop) { 506 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL: 507 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) { 508 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 509 break; 510 } 511 512 /* 513 * Sanitize the input. 514 */ 515 if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) { 516 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 517 break; 518 } 519 520 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) { 521 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 522 break; 523 } 524 525 if (intval != 0) { 526 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 527 break; 528 } 529 530 fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1; 531 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) { 532 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 533 break; 534 } 535 536 has_feature = B_TRUE; 537 break; 538 539 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION: 540 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 541 if (!error && 542 (intval < spa_version(spa) || 543 intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES || 544 has_feature)) 545 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 546 break; 547 548 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION: 549 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE: 550 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS: 551 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND: 552 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 553 if (!error && intval > 1) 554 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 555 break; 556 557 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST: 558 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 559 if (!error && intval > 1) 560 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 561 562 if (!error && !spa_get_hostid()) 563 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 564 565 break; 566 567 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS: 568 /* 569 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS, 570 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0), 571 * the bootfs property cannot be set. 572 */ 573 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) { 574 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 575 break; 576 } 577 578 /* 579 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable 580 */ 581 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) { 582 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 583 break; 584 } 585 586 reset_bootfs = 1; 587 588 error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval); 589 590 if (!error) { 591 objset_t *os; 592 uint64_t propval; 593 594 if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') { 595 objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric( 596 ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS); 597 break; 598 } 599 600 error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os); 601 if (error != 0) 602 break; 603 604 /* 605 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings 606 * must be supported. 607 */ 608 609 if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) { 610 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 611 } else if ((error = 612 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os), 613 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION), 614 &propval)) == 0 && 615 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) { 616 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 617 } else { 618 objnum = dmu_objset_id(os); 619 } 620 dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG); 621 } 622 break; 623 624 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE: 625 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 626 if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT || 627 intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC)) 628 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 629 630 /* 631 * This is a special case which only occurs when 632 * the pool has completely failed. This allows 633 * the user to change the in-core failmode property 634 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might 635 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning 636 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it 637 * into thinking we encountered a property validation 638 * error. 639 */ 640 if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) { 641 spa->spa_failmode = intval; 642 error = SET_ERROR(EIO); 643 } 644 break; 645 646 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE: 647 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0) 648 break; 649 650 if (strval[0] == '\0') 651 break; 652 653 if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0) 654 break; 655 656 if (strval[0] != '/') { 657 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 658 break; 659 } 660 661 slash = strrchr(strval, '/'); 662 ASSERT(slash != NULL); 663 664 if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 || 665 strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0) 666 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 667 break; 668 669 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT: 670 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0) 671 break; 672 for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) { 673 /* 674 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint() 675 * check. For this kernel check, we merely 676 * check ASCII apart from DEL. Fix this if 677 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint(). 678 */ 679 if (*check >= 0x7f) { 680 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 681 break; 682 } 683 } 684 if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT) 685 error = E2BIG; 686 break; 687 688 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO: 689 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP) 690 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP); 691 else 692 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval); 693 if (error == 0 && 694 intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN) 695 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 696 break; 697 } 698 699 if (error) 700 break; 701 } 702 703 if (!error && reset_bootfs) { 704 error = nvlist_remove(props, 705 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING); 706 707 if (!error) { 708 error = nvlist_add_uint64(props, 709 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum); 710 } 711 } 712 713 return (error); 714 } 715 716 void 717 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync) 718 { 719 char *cachefile; 720 spa_config_dirent_t *dp; 721 722 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE), 723 &cachefile) != 0) 724 return; 725 726 dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t), 727 KM_SLEEP); 728 729 if (cachefile[0] == '\0') 730 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path); 731 else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0) 732 dp->scd_path = NULL; 733 else 734 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile); 735 736 list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp); 737 if (need_sync) 738 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE); 739 } 740 741 int 742 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp) 743 { 744 int error; 745 nvpair_t *elem = NULL; 746 boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE; 747 748 if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0) 749 return (error); 750 751 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) { 752 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem)); 753 754 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE || 755 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT || 756 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY) 757 continue; 758 759 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) { 760 uint64_t ver; 761 762 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) { 763 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0); 764 } else { 765 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))); 766 ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES; 767 need_sync = B_TRUE; 768 } 769 770 /* Save time if the version is already set. */ 771 if (ver == spa_version(spa)) 772 continue; 773 774 /* 775 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might 776 * create the pool properties object, the features for 777 * read object, the features for write object, or the 778 * feature descriptions object. 779 */ 780 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, 781 spa_sync_version, &ver, 782 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED); 783 if (error) 784 return (error); 785 continue; 786 } 787 788 need_sync = B_TRUE; 789 break; 790 } 791 792 if (need_sync) { 793 return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props, 794 nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED)); 795 } 796 797 return (0); 798 } 799 800 /* 801 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it. 802 */ 803 void 804 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx) 805 { 806 if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) { 807 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset, 808 spa->spa_pool_props_object, 809 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0); 810 spa->spa_bootfs = 0; 811 } 812 } 813 814 /*ARGSUSED*/ 815 static int 816 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 817 { 818 uint64_t *newguid = arg; 819 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 820 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 821 uint64_t vdev_state; 822 823 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 824 int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 825 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 826 return (SET_ERROR(error)); 827 } 828 829 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 830 vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state; 831 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 832 833 if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY) 834 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO)); 835 836 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid); 837 838 return (0); 839 } 840 841 static void 842 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 843 { 844 uint64_t *newguid = arg; 845 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 846 uint64_t oldguid; 847 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 848 849 oldguid = spa_guid(spa); 850 851 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 852 rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid; 853 rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid); 854 vdev_config_dirty(rvd); 855 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 856 857 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu", 858 oldguid, *newguid); 859 } 860 861 /* 862 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later 863 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify 864 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our 865 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are 866 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present 867 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a 868 * sysevent to update any watchers. 869 */ 870 int 871 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa) 872 { 873 int error; 874 uint64_t guid; 875 876 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock); 877 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 878 guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL); 879 880 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check, 881 spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED); 882 883 if (error == 0) { 884 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE); 885 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID); 886 } 887 888 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 889 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock); 890 891 return (error); 892 } 893 894 /* 895 * ========================================================================== 896 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export) 897 * ========================================================================== 898 */ 899 900 static int 901 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b) 902 { 903 const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a; 904 const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b; 905 int ret; 906 907 ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark, 908 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t)); 909 910 return (AVL_ISIGN(ret)); 911 } 912 913 /* 914 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and 915 * re-initializes them in the process. 916 */ 917 void 918 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub) 919 { 920 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock)); 921 922 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t)); 923 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t)); 924 925 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, 926 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 927 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 928 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last, 929 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 930 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 931 } 932 933 static void 934 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q) 935 { 936 const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q]; 937 enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode; 938 uint_t value = ztip->zti_value; 939 uint_t count = ztip->zti_count; 940 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q]; 941 char name[32]; 942 uint_t flags = 0; 943 boolean_t batch = B_FALSE; 944 945 if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) { 946 tqs->stqs_count = 0; 947 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL; 948 return; 949 } 950 951 ASSERT3U(count, >, 0); 952 953 tqs->stqs_count = count; 954 tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP); 955 956 switch (mode) { 957 case ZTI_MODE_FIXED: 958 ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1); 959 value = MAX(value, 1); 960 break; 961 962 case ZTI_MODE_BATCH: 963 batch = B_TRUE; 964 flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT; 965 value = zio_taskq_batch_pct; 966 break; 967 968 default: 969 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in " 970 "spa_activate()", 971 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value); 972 break; 973 } 974 975 for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) { 976 taskq_t *tq; 977 978 if (count > 1) { 979 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u", 980 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i); 981 } else { 982 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s", 983 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]); 984 } 985 986 if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) { 987 if (batch) 988 flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH; 989 990 tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX, 991 spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags); 992 } else { 993 pri_t pri = maxclsyspri; 994 /* 995 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU 996 * intensive. Run it at slightly lower priority 997 * than the other taskqs. 998 */ 999 if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE) 1000 pri--; 1001 1002 tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50, 1003 INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags); 1004 } 1005 1006 tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq; 1007 } 1008 } 1009 1010 static void 1011 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q) 1012 { 1013 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q]; 1014 1015 if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) { 1016 ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count); 1017 return; 1018 } 1019 1020 for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) { 1021 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL); 1022 taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]); 1023 } 1024 1025 kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *)); 1026 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL; 1027 } 1028 1029 /* 1030 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority. 1031 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention 1032 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using 1033 * the low bits of gethrtime(). 1034 */ 1035 void 1036 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q, 1037 task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent) 1038 { 1039 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q]; 1040 taskq_t *tq; 1041 1042 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL); 1043 ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0); 1044 1045 if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) { 1046 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0]; 1047 } else { 1048 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count]; 1049 } 1050 1051 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent); 1052 } 1053 1054 static void 1055 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa) 1056 { 1057 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) { 1058 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) { 1059 spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q); 1060 } 1061 } 1062 } 1063 1064 #ifdef _KERNEL 1065 static void 1066 spa_thread(void *arg) 1067 { 1068 callb_cpr_t cprinfo; 1069 1070 spa_t *spa = arg; 1071 user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc); 1072 1073 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr, 1074 spa->spa_name); 1075 1076 ASSERT(curproc != &p0); 1077 (void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs), 1078 "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name); 1079 (void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm)); 1080 1081 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */ 1082 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) { 1083 pool_lock(); 1084 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock); 1085 mutex_enter(&pidlock); 1086 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock); 1087 1088 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind, 1089 0, NULL, NULL) == 0) { 1090 curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind; 1091 } else { 1092 cmn_err(CE_WARN, 1093 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to " 1094 "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind); 1095 } 1096 1097 mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock); 1098 mutex_exit(&pidlock); 1099 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock); 1100 pool_unlock(); 1101 } 1102 1103 if (zio_taskq_sysdc) { 1104 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0); 1105 } 1106 1107 spa->spa_proc = curproc; 1108 spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did; 1109 1110 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa); 1111 1112 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1113 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED); 1114 1115 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE; 1116 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv); 1117 1118 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo); 1119 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE) 1120 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1121 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1122 1123 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE); 1124 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE; 1125 spa->spa_proc = &p0; 1126 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv); 1127 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo); /* drops spa_proc_lock */ 1128 1129 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock); 1130 lwp_exit(); 1131 } 1132 #endif 1133 1134 /* 1135 * Activate an uninitialized pool. 1136 */ 1137 static void 1138 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode) 1139 { 1140 ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED); 1141 1142 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE; 1143 spa->spa_mode = mode; 1144 1145 spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1146 spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1147 spa->spa_special_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1148 spa->spa_dedup_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops); 1149 1150 /* Try to create a covering process */ 1151 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1152 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE); 1153 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0); 1154 spa->spa_did = 0; 1155 1156 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */ 1157 if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) { 1158 if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri, 1159 NULL, 0) == 0) { 1160 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED; 1161 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) { 1162 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, 1163 &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1164 } 1165 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE); 1166 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0); 1167 ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0); 1168 } else { 1169 #ifdef _KERNEL 1170 cmn_err(CE_WARN, 1171 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n", 1172 spa->spa_name); 1173 #endif 1174 } 1175 } 1176 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1177 1178 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */ 1179 if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) { 1180 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa); 1181 } 1182 1183 for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) { 1184 spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 1185 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL); 1186 } 1187 1188 list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t), 1189 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node)); 1190 list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t), 1191 offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node)); 1192 list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t), 1193 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node)); 1194 1195 txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa, 1196 offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node)); 1197 1198 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, 1199 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 1200 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 1201 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last, 1202 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t), 1203 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl)); 1204 } 1205 1206 /* 1207 * Opposite of spa_activate(). 1208 */ 1209 static void 1210 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa) 1211 { 1212 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE); 1213 ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL); 1214 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL); 1215 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL); 1216 ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED); 1217 1218 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 1219 1220 txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list); 1221 1222 list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list); 1223 list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list); 1224 list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list); 1225 1226 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) { 1227 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) { 1228 spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q); 1229 } 1230 } 1231 1232 for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) { 1233 ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL); 1234 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i])); 1235 spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL; 1236 } 1237 1238 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class); 1239 spa->spa_normal_class = NULL; 1240 1241 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class); 1242 spa->spa_log_class = NULL; 1243 1244 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_special_class); 1245 spa->spa_special_class = NULL; 1246 1247 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_dedup_class); 1248 spa->spa_dedup_class = NULL; 1249 1250 /* 1251 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may 1252 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case. 1253 */ 1254 spa_errlog_drain(spa); 1255 1256 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub); 1257 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last); 1258 1259 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED; 1260 1261 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1262 if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) { 1263 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE); 1264 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE; 1265 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv); 1266 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) { 1267 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0); 1268 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock); 1269 } 1270 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE); 1271 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE; 1272 } 1273 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0); 1274 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock); 1275 1276 /* 1277 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS 1278 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath 1279 * it. 1280 */ 1281 if (spa->spa_did != 0) { 1282 thread_join(spa->spa_did); 1283 spa->spa_did = 0; 1284 } 1285 } 1286 1287 /* 1288 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This 1289 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev 1290 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import. 1291 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine. 1292 */ 1293 static int 1294 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent, 1295 uint_t id, int atype) 1296 { 1297 nvlist_t **child; 1298 uint_t children; 1299 int error; 1300 1301 if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0) 1302 return (error); 1303 1304 if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 1305 return (0); 1306 1307 error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, 1308 &child, &children); 1309 1310 if (error == ENOENT) 1311 return (0); 1312 1313 if (error) { 1314 vdev_free(*vdp); 1315 *vdp = NULL; 1316 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 1317 } 1318 1319 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) { 1320 vdev_t *vd; 1321 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c, 1322 atype)) != 0) { 1323 vdev_free(*vdp); 1324 *vdp = NULL; 1325 return (error); 1326 } 1327 } 1328 1329 ASSERT(*vdp != NULL); 1330 1331 return (0); 1332 } 1333 1334 /* 1335 * Opposite of spa_load(). 1336 */ 1337 static void 1338 spa_unload(spa_t *spa) 1339 { 1340 int i; 1341 1342 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 1343 1344 spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING"); 1345 1346 /* 1347 * Stop async tasks. 1348 */ 1349 spa_async_suspend(spa); 1350 1351 if (spa->spa_root_vdev) { 1352 vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev, 1353 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE); 1354 } 1355 1356 /* 1357 * Stop syncing. 1358 */ 1359 if (spa->spa_sync_on) { 1360 txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 1361 spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE; 1362 } 1363 1364 /* 1365 * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need 1366 * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete. 1367 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by 1368 * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq). 1369 */ 1370 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 1371 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER); 1372 for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++) 1373 vdev_metaslab_fini(spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]); 1374 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa); 1375 } 1376 1377 if (spa->spa_mmp.mmp_thread) 1378 mmp_thread_stop(spa); 1379 1380 /* 1381 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete. 1382 */ 1383 if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) { 1384 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) 1385 (void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]); 1386 kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *)); 1387 spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL; 1388 } 1389 1390 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) { 1391 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal); 1392 spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL; 1393 } 1394 1395 if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) { 1396 ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa->spa_condense_zthr)); 1397 zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr); 1398 spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL; 1399 } 1400 1401 if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) { 1402 ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr)); 1403 zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr); 1404 spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL; 1405 } 1406 1407 spa_condense_fini(spa); 1408 1409 bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj); 1410 1411 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER); 1412 1413 /* 1414 * Close all vdevs. 1415 */ 1416 if (spa->spa_root_vdev) 1417 vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev); 1418 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL); 1419 1420 /* 1421 * Close the dsl pool. 1422 */ 1423 if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) { 1424 dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 1425 spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL; 1426 spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL; 1427 } 1428 1429 ddt_unload(spa); 1430 1431 /* 1432 * Drop and purge level 2 cache 1433 */ 1434 spa_l2cache_drop(spa); 1435 1436 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 1437 vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]); 1438 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) { 1439 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs, 1440 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1441 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL; 1442 } 1443 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) { 1444 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config); 1445 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL; 1446 } 1447 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0; 1448 1449 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) { 1450 vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]); 1451 vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]); 1452 } 1453 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) { 1454 kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs, 1455 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1456 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL; 1457 } 1458 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) { 1459 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config); 1460 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL; 1461 } 1462 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0; 1463 1464 spa->spa_async_suspended = 0; 1465 1466 spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE; 1467 1468 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) { 1469 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment); 1470 spa->spa_comment = NULL; 1471 } 1472 1473 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa); 1474 } 1475 1476 /* 1477 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for 1478 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in 1479 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and 1480 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information. 1481 */ 1482 void 1483 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa) 1484 { 1485 nvlist_t **spares; 1486 uint_t nspares; 1487 int i; 1488 vdev_t *vd, *tvd; 1489 1490 #ifndef _KERNEL 1491 /* 1492 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the 1493 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t. 1494 * 1495 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading 1496 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool. 1497 */ 1498 if (!spa_writeable(spa)) 1499 return; 1500 #endif 1501 1502 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 1503 1504 /* 1505 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs. 1506 */ 1507 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) { 1508 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]; 1509 1510 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */ 1511 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid, 1512 B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare) 1513 spa_spare_remove(tvd); 1514 vdev_close(vd); 1515 vdev_free(vd); 1516 } 1517 1518 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) 1519 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs, 1520 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1521 1522 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL) 1523 nspares = 0; 1524 else 1525 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 1526 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0); 1527 1528 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares; 1529 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL; 1530 1531 if (nspares == 0) 1532 return; 1533 1534 /* 1535 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the 1536 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t 1537 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only 1538 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev 1539 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and 1540 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the 1541 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare. 1542 */ 1543 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *), 1544 KM_SLEEP); 1545 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) { 1546 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0, 1547 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0); 1548 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 1549 1550 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd; 1551 1552 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid, 1553 B_FALSE)) != NULL) { 1554 if (!tvd->vdev_isspare) 1555 spa_spare_add(tvd); 1556 1557 /* 1558 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully 1559 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool 1560 * with a bad active spare would result in strange 1561 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare 1562 * is actively in use. 1563 * 1564 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre 1565 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later 1566 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given 1567 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity 1568 * it adds, we ignore the possibility. 1569 */ 1570 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd)) 1571 spa_spare_activate(tvd); 1572 } 1573 1574 vd->vdev_top = vd; 1575 vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares; 1576 1577 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0) 1578 continue; 1579 1580 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0) 1581 spa_spare_add(vd); 1582 } 1583 1584 /* 1585 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information 1586 * this time. 1587 */ 1588 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, 1589 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 1590 1591 spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *), 1592 KM_SLEEP); 1593 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 1594 spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, 1595 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE); 1596 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 1597 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0); 1598 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 1599 nvlist_free(spares[i]); 1600 kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1601 } 1602 1603 /* 1604 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for 1605 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in 1606 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and 1607 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information. 1608 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are 1609 * not re-opened. 1610 */ 1611 void 1612 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa) 1613 { 1614 nvlist_t **l2cache; 1615 uint_t nl2cache; 1616 int i, j, oldnvdevs; 1617 uint64_t guid; 1618 vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs; 1619 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache; 1620 1621 #ifndef _KERNEL 1622 /* 1623 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the 1624 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t. 1625 * 1626 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open 1627 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed 1628 * state of the pool. 1629 */ 1630 if (!spa_writeable(spa)) 1631 return; 1632 #endif 1633 1634 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 1635 1636 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) { 1637 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, 1638 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0); 1639 newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP); 1640 } else { 1641 nl2cache = 0; 1642 newvdevs = NULL; 1643 } 1644 1645 oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs; 1646 oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count; 1647 sav->sav_vdevs = NULL; 1648 sav->sav_count = 0; 1649 1650 /* 1651 * Process new nvlist of vdevs. 1652 */ 1653 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) { 1654 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 1655 &guid) == 0); 1656 1657 newvdevs[i] = NULL; 1658 for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) { 1659 vd = oldvdevs[j]; 1660 if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) { 1661 /* 1662 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops. 1663 */ 1664 newvdevs[i] = vd; 1665 oldvdevs[j] = NULL; 1666 break; 1667 } 1668 } 1669 1670 if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) { 1671 /* 1672 * Create new vdev 1673 */ 1674 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0, 1675 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0); 1676 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 1677 newvdevs[i] = vd; 1678 1679 /* 1680 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device, 1681 * even if it fails to open. 1682 */ 1683 spa_l2cache_add(vd); 1684 1685 vd->vdev_top = vd; 1686 vd->vdev_aux = sav; 1687 1688 spa_l2cache_activate(vd); 1689 1690 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0) 1691 continue; 1692 1693 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd); 1694 1695 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd)) 1696 l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd); 1697 } 1698 } 1699 1700 /* 1701 * Purge vdevs that were dropped 1702 */ 1703 for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) { 1704 uint64_t pool; 1705 1706 vd = oldvdevs[i]; 1707 if (vd != NULL) { 1708 ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache); 1709 1710 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) && 1711 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd)) 1712 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd); 1713 vdev_clear_stats(vd); 1714 vdev_free(vd); 1715 } 1716 } 1717 1718 if (oldvdevs) 1719 kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *)); 1720 1721 if (sav->sav_config == NULL) 1722 goto out; 1723 1724 sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs; 1725 sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache; 1726 1727 /* 1728 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status 1729 * information this time. 1730 */ 1731 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, 1732 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 1733 1734 l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP); 1735 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 1736 l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, 1737 sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE); 1738 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, 1739 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0); 1740 out: 1741 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 1742 nvlist_free(l2cache[i]); 1743 if (sav->sav_count) 1744 kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 1745 } 1746 1747 static int 1748 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value) 1749 { 1750 dmu_buf_t *db; 1751 char *packed = NULL; 1752 size_t nvsize = 0; 1753 int error; 1754 *value = NULL; 1755 1756 error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db); 1757 if (error != 0) 1758 return (error); 1759 1760 nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data; 1761 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG); 1762 1763 packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP); 1764 error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed, 1765 DMU_READ_PREFETCH); 1766 if (error == 0) 1767 error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0); 1768 kmem_free(packed, nvsize); 1769 1770 return (error); 1771 } 1772 1773 /* 1774 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every 1775 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds. 1776 */ 1777 static uint64_t 1778 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa) 1779 { 1780 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1781 uint64_t tvds = 0; 1782 1783 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) { 1784 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i]; 1785 if (vd->vdev_islog) 1786 continue; 1787 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd)) 1788 tvds++; 1789 } 1790 1791 return (tvds); 1792 } 1793 1794 /* 1795 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a 1796 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed. 1797 */ 1798 static void 1799 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd) 1800 { 1801 for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 1802 spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]); 1803 1804 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) && 1805 vdev_is_concrete(vd)) { 1806 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd); 1807 spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK); 1808 } 1809 } 1810 1811 static int 1812 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa) 1813 { 1814 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1815 1816 /* 1817 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional 1818 * diagnostic information about missing log devices. 1819 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing. 1820 */ 1821 if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) { 1822 nvlist_t **child, *nv; 1823 uint64_t idx = 0; 1824 1825 child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **), 1826 KM_SLEEP); 1827 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 1828 1829 for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1830 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1831 1832 /* 1833 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed 1834 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered 1835 * as missing). 1836 */ 1837 if (tvd->vdev_islog && 1838 tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) { 1839 child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd, 1840 B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING); 1841 } 1842 } 1843 1844 if (idx > 0) { 1845 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv, 1846 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx); 1847 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 1848 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv); 1849 1850 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++) 1851 nvlist_free(child[i]); 1852 } 1853 nvlist_free(nv); 1854 kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **)); 1855 1856 if (idx > 0) { 1857 spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing"); 1858 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 1859 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO)); 1860 } 1861 } else { 1862 for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1863 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1864 1865 if (tvd->vdev_islog && 1866 tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) { 1867 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 1868 spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are " 1869 "missing, ZIL is dropped."); 1870 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 1871 break; 1872 } 1873 } 1874 } 1875 1876 return (0); 1877 } 1878 1879 /* 1880 * Check for missing log devices 1881 */ 1882 static boolean_t 1883 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa) 1884 { 1885 boolean_t rv = B_FALSE; 1886 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa); 1887 1888 switch (spa->spa_log_state) { 1889 case SPA_LOG_MISSING: 1890 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */ 1891 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN: 1892 rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj, 1893 zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0); 1894 if (rv) 1895 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING); 1896 break; 1897 } 1898 return (rv); 1899 } 1900 1901 static boolean_t 1902 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa) 1903 { 1904 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1905 boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE; 1906 1907 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER)); 1908 1909 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa)) 1910 return (B_FALSE); 1911 1912 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1913 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1914 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg; 1915 1916 if (tvd->vdev_islog) { 1917 metaslab_group_passivate(mg); 1918 slog_found = B_TRUE; 1919 } 1920 } 1921 1922 return (slog_found); 1923 } 1924 1925 static void 1926 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa) 1927 { 1928 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 1929 1930 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER)); 1931 1932 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 1933 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 1934 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg; 1935 1936 if (tvd->vdev_islog) 1937 metaslab_group_activate(mg); 1938 } 1939 } 1940 1941 int 1942 spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa) 1943 { 1944 int error; 1945 1946 error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset, 1947 NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 1948 if (error == 0) { 1949 /* 1950 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the 1951 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed 1952 * by zil_sync(). 1953 */ 1954 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0); 1955 } 1956 return (error); 1957 } 1958 1959 static void 1960 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav) 1961 { 1962 for (int i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 1963 spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]); 1964 } 1965 1966 void 1967 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio) 1968 { 1969 spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa; 1970 1971 if (zio->io_error) 1972 return; 1973 1974 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); /* any mutex will do */ 1975 if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth) 1976 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth; 1977 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 1978 } 1979 1980 typedef struct spa_load_error { 1981 uint64_t sle_meta_count; 1982 uint64_t sle_data_count; 1983 } spa_load_error_t; 1984 1985 static void 1986 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio) 1987 { 1988 blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp; 1989 spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private; 1990 dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp); 1991 int error = zio->io_error; 1992 spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa; 1993 1994 abd_free(zio->io_abd); 1995 if (error) { 1996 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) && 1997 type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG) 1998 atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count); 1999 else 2000 atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count); 2001 } 2002 2003 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2004 spa->spa_scrub_inflight--; 2005 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv); 2006 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2007 } 2008 2009 /* 2010 * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying 2011 * a pool while importing it. 2012 */ 2013 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000; 2014 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE; 2015 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE; 2016 2017 /*ARGSUSED*/ 2018 static int 2019 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp, 2020 const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg) 2021 { 2022 if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp)) 2023 return (0); 2024 /* 2025 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if 2026 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful 2027 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun. 2028 */ 2029 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata) 2030 return (0); 2031 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) && !spa_load_verify_data) 2032 return (0); 2033 2034 zio_t *rio = arg; 2035 size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp); 2036 2037 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2038 while (spa->spa_scrub_inflight >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight) 2039 cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2040 spa->spa_scrub_inflight++; 2041 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock); 2042 2043 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size, 2044 spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB, 2045 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | 2046 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb)); 2047 return (0); 2048 } 2049 2050 /* ARGSUSED */ 2051 int 2052 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg) 2053 { 2054 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN) 2055 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG)); 2056 2057 return (0); 2058 } 2059 2060 static int 2061 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa) 2062 { 2063 zio_t *rio; 2064 spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 }; 2065 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 2066 boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE; 2067 int error = 0; 2068 2069 zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy); 2070 2071 if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) 2072 return (0); 2073 2074 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG); 2075 error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 2076 spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL, 2077 DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 2078 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG); 2079 if (error != 0) 2080 return (error); 2081 2082 rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle, 2083 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE); 2084 2085 if (spa_load_verify_metadata) { 2086 if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) { 2087 spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the " 2088 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take " 2089 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, " 2090 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)", 2091 spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata); 2092 } 2093 error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg, 2094 TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA, 2095 spa_load_verify_cb, rio); 2096 } 2097 2098 (void) zio_wait(rio); 2099 2100 spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count; 2101 spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count; 2102 2103 if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) { 2104 spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors " 2105 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count, 2106 (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count); 2107 } 2108 2109 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun || 2110 (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta && 2111 sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) { 2112 int64_t loss = 0; 2113 2114 verify_ok = B_TRUE; 2115 spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg; 2116 spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp; 2117 2118 loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts; 2119 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2120 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0); 2121 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info, 2122 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0); 2123 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2124 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0); 2125 } else { 2126 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg; 2127 } 2128 2129 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun) 2130 return (0); 2131 2132 if (error) { 2133 if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO) 2134 error = SET_ERROR(EIO); 2135 return (error); 2136 } 2137 2138 return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO); 2139 } 2140 2141 /* 2142 * Find a value in the pool props object. 2143 */ 2144 static void 2145 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val) 2146 { 2147 (void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object, 2148 zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val); 2149 } 2150 2151 /* 2152 * Find a value in the pool directory object. 2153 */ 2154 static int 2155 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent) 2156 { 2157 int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 2158 name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val); 2159 2160 if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) { 2161 spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory " 2162 "[error=%d]", name, error); 2163 } 2164 2165 return (error); 2166 } 2167 2168 static int 2169 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err) 2170 { 2171 vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux); 2172 return (SET_ERROR(err)); 2173 } 2174 2175 static void 2176 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa) 2177 { 2178 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 2179 2180 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 2181 2182 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa); 2183 2184 ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL); 2185 spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = 2186 zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check, 2187 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa); 2188 } 2189 2190 /* 2191 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the 2192 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off 2193 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains 2194 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off. 2195 * 2196 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin 2197 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt 2198 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and 2199 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was 2200 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL) 2201 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split. 2202 * 2203 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in 2204 * the original pool. 2205 */ 2206 static void 2207 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 2208 { 2209 uint_t extracted; 2210 uint64_t *glist; 2211 uint_t i, gcount; 2212 nvlist_t *nvl; 2213 vdev_t **vd; 2214 boolean_t attempt_reopen; 2215 2216 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0) 2217 return; 2218 2219 /* check that the config is complete */ 2220 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST, 2221 &glist, &gcount) != 0) 2222 return; 2223 2224 vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP); 2225 2226 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */ 2227 attempt_reopen = B_TRUE; 2228 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) { 2229 if (glist[i] == 0) /* vdev is hole */ 2230 continue; 2231 2232 vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE); 2233 if (vd[i] == NULL) { 2234 /* 2235 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks; 2236 * just do the split. 2237 */ 2238 attempt_reopen = B_FALSE; 2239 } else { 2240 /* attempt to re-online it */ 2241 vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE; 2242 } 2243 } 2244 2245 if (attempt_reopen) { 2246 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 2247 2248 /* check each device to see what state it's in */ 2249 for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) { 2250 if (vd[i] != NULL && 2251 vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL) 2252 break; 2253 ++extracted; 2254 } 2255 } 2256 2257 /* 2258 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never 2259 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for 2260 * good. 2261 */ 2262 if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) { 2263 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) 2264 if (vd[i] != NULL) 2265 vdev_split(vd[i]); 2266 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 2267 } 2268 2269 kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 2270 } 2271 2272 static int 2273 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type) 2274 { 2275 char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL; 2276 int error; 2277 2278 spa->spa_load_state = state; 2279 2280 gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts); 2281 error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport); 2282 2283 /* 2284 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed 2285 * and are making their way through the eviction process. 2286 */ 2287 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 2288 spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount); 2289 if (error) { 2290 if (error != EEXIST) { 2291 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0; 2292 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0; 2293 } 2294 if (error != EBADF) { 2295 zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0); 2296 } 2297 } 2298 spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE; 2299 spa->spa_ena = 0; 2300 2301 return (error); 2302 } 2303 2304 /* 2305 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the 2306 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the 2307 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list. 2308 */ 2309 static uint64_t 2310 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd) 2311 { 2312 spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa; 2313 uint64_t total = 0; 2314 if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) { 2315 total++; 2316 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, 2317 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap)); 2318 } 2319 if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) { 2320 total++; 2321 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, 2322 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap)); 2323 } 2324 2325 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) { 2326 total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]); 2327 } 2328 2329 return (total); 2330 } 2331 2332 /* 2333 * Determine whether the activity check is required. 2334 */ 2335 static boolean_t 2336 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *label, 2337 nvlist_t *config) 2338 { 2339 uint64_t state = 0; 2340 uint64_t hostid = 0; 2341 uint64_t tryconfig_txg = 0; 2342 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp = 0; 2343 nvlist_t *nvinfo; 2344 2345 if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) { 2346 nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO); 2347 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 2348 &tryconfig_txg); 2349 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP, 2350 &tryconfig_timestamp); 2351 } 2352 2353 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state); 2354 2355 /* 2356 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which 2357 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools. 2358 */ 2359 if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) 2360 return (B_FALSE); 2361 2362 /* 2363 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled. 2364 */ 2365 if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay == 0) 2366 return (B_FALSE); 2367 /* 2368 * If the tryconfig_* values are nonzero, they are the results of an 2369 * earlier tryimport. If they match the uberblock we just found, then 2370 * the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test a 2371 * second time. 2372 */ 2373 if (tryconfig_txg && tryconfig_txg == ub->ub_txg && 2374 tryconfig_timestamp && tryconfig_timestamp == ub->ub_timestamp) 2375 return (B_FALSE); 2376 2377 /* 2378 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool 2379 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from 2380 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label. 2381 */ 2382 if (nvlist_exists(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) 2383 hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID); 2384 2385 if (hostid == spa_get_hostid()) 2386 return (B_FALSE); 2387 2388 /* 2389 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported. 2390 */ 2391 if (state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) 2392 return (B_FALSE); 2393 2394 return (B_TRUE); 2395 } 2396 2397 /* 2398 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or 2399 * we detected activity then fail. 2400 */ 2401 static int 2402 spa_activity_check(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *config) 2403 { 2404 uint64_t import_intervals = MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals, 1); 2405 uint64_t txg = ub->ub_txg; 2406 uint64_t timestamp = ub->ub_timestamp; 2407 uint64_t import_delay = NANOSEC; 2408 hrtime_t import_expire; 2409 nvlist_t *mmp_label = NULL; 2410 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2411 kcondvar_t cv; 2412 kmutex_t mtx; 2413 int error = 0; 2414 2415 cv_init(&cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL); 2416 mutex_init(&mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 2417 mutex_enter(&mtx); 2418 2419 /* 2420 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed 2421 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then 2422 * the pool is known to be active on another host. 2423 * 2424 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another node. Check for 2425 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary. 2426 */ 2427 if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) { 2428 nvlist_t *nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, 2429 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO); 2430 2431 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) && 2432 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) == 0) { 2433 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label); 2434 error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO); 2435 goto out; 2436 } 2437 } 2438 2439 /* 2440 * Preferentially use the zfs_multihost_interval from the node which 2441 * last imported the pool. This value is stored in an MMP uberblock as. 2442 * 2443 * ub_mmp_delay * vdev_count_leaves() == zfs_multihost_interval 2444 */ 2445 if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay) 2446 import_delay = MAX(import_delay, import_intervals * 2447 ub->ub_mmp_delay * MAX(vdev_count_leaves(spa), 1)); 2448 2449 /* Apply a floor using the local default values. */ 2450 import_delay = MAX(import_delay, import_intervals * 2451 MSEC2NSEC(MAX(zfs_multihost_interval, MMP_MIN_INTERVAL))); 2452 2453 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu import_intervals=%u " 2454 "leaves=%u", import_delay, ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals, 2455 vdev_count_leaves(spa)); 2456 2457 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */ 2458 import_expire = gethrtime() + import_delay + 2459 (import_delay * spa_get_random(250) / 1000); 2460 2461 while (gethrtime() < import_expire) { 2462 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label); 2463 2464 if (txg != ub->ub_txg || timestamp != ub->ub_timestamp) { 2465 error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO); 2466 break; 2467 } 2468 2469 if (mmp_label) { 2470 nvlist_free(mmp_label); 2471 mmp_label = NULL; 2472 } 2473 2474 error = cv_timedwait_sig(&cv, &mtx, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz); 2475 if (error != -1) { 2476 error = SET_ERROR(EINTR); 2477 break; 2478 } 2479 error = 0; 2480 } 2481 2482 out: 2483 mutex_exit(&mtx); 2484 mutex_destroy(&mtx); 2485 cv_destroy(&cv); 2486 2487 /* 2488 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the 2489 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are 2490 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well. 2491 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message. 2492 * 2493 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory) 2494 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool 2495 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool 2496 */ 2497 if (error == EREMOTEIO) { 2498 char *hostname = "<unknown>"; 2499 uint64_t hostid = 0; 2500 2501 if (mmp_label) { 2502 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME)) { 2503 hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label, 2504 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME); 2505 fnvlist_add_string(spa->spa_load_info, 2506 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME, hostname); 2507 } 2508 2509 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) { 2510 hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label, 2511 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID); 2512 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2513 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID, hostid); 2514 } 2515 } 2516 2517 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2518 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE); 2519 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2520 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 0); 2521 2522 error = spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO); 2523 } 2524 2525 if (mmp_label) 2526 nvlist_free(mmp_label); 2527 2528 return (error); 2529 } 2530 2531 static int 2532 spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config) 2533 { 2534 uint64_t hostid; 2535 char *hostname; 2536 uint64_t myhostid = 0; 2537 2538 if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config, 2539 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) { 2540 hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config, 2541 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME); 2542 2543 myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL); 2544 2545 if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) { 2546 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be " 2547 "loaded as it was last accessed by " 2548 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). " 2549 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY", 2550 spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid); 2551 spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool " 2552 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)", 2553 hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid); 2554 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF)); 2555 } 2556 } 2557 2558 return (0); 2559 } 2560 2561 static int 2562 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 2563 { 2564 int error = 0; 2565 nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config; 2566 int parse; 2567 vdev_t *rvd; 2568 uint64_t pool_guid; 2569 char *comment; 2570 2571 /* 2572 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if 2573 * it's not present treat it as the initial version. 2574 */ 2575 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 2576 &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0) 2577 spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL; 2578 2579 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) { 2580 spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing", 2581 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID); 2582 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 2583 } 2584 2585 /* 2586 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already 2587 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the 2588 * spa namespace. 2589 * 2590 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be 2591 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to 2592 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb. 2593 */ 2594 #ifdef _KERNEL 2595 if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || 2596 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) && 2597 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) { 2598 #else 2599 if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || 2600 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) && 2601 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) && 2602 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) { 2603 #endif 2604 spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open", 2605 (u_longlong_t)pool_guid); 2606 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST)); 2607 } 2608 2609 spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid; 2610 2611 nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info); 2612 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc(); 2613 2614 ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL); 2615 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0) 2616 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment); 2617 2618 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, 2619 &spa->spa_config_txg); 2620 2621 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0) 2622 spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl); 2623 2624 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) { 2625 spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing", 2626 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE); 2627 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 2628 } 2629 2630 /* 2631 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs 2632 */ 2633 spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *), 2634 KM_SLEEP); 2635 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) { 2636 spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 2637 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | 2638 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER); 2639 } 2640 2641 /* 2642 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the 2643 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the 2644 * configuration requires knowing the version number. 2645 */ 2646 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2647 parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ? 2648 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT); 2649 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse); 2650 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2651 2652 if (error != 0) { 2653 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]", 2654 error); 2655 return (error); 2656 } 2657 2658 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd); 2659 ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT); 2660 ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT); 2661 2662 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 2663 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid); 2664 } 2665 2666 return (0); 2667 } 2668 2669 /* 2670 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice: 2671 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config. 2672 */ 2673 static int 2674 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa) 2675 { 2676 int error = 0; 2677 2678 /* 2679 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be 2680 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable. 2681 */ 2682 if (spa->spa_trust_config) { 2683 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds; 2684 } else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) { 2685 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile; 2686 } else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) { 2687 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan; 2688 } else { 2689 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0; 2690 } 2691 2692 spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 2693 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed); 2694 2695 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2696 error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev); 2697 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2698 2699 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) { 2700 spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level " 2701 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds); 2702 if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & FWRITE)) { 2703 /* 2704 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open 2705 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot 2706 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account 2707 * for missing vdevs). 2708 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally 2709 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and 2710 * damaging it further. 2711 */ 2712 spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level " 2713 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode."); 2714 error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO); 2715 } else { 2716 spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum " 2717 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.", 2718 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed); 2719 } 2720 } 2721 if (error != 0) { 2722 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]", 2723 error); 2724 } 2725 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0) 2726 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2); 2727 2728 return (error); 2729 } 2730 2731 /* 2732 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that 2733 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted 2734 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the 2735 * config is trusted. 2736 */ 2737 static int 2738 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa) 2739 { 2740 int error = 0; 2741 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2742 2743 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2744 error = vdev_validate(rvd); 2745 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2746 2747 if (error != 0) { 2748 spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error); 2749 return (error); 2750 } 2751 2752 if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) { 2753 spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating " 2754 "some vdevs"); 2755 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 2756 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO)); 2757 } 2758 2759 return (0); 2760 } 2761 2762 static void 2763 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub) 2764 { 2765 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE; 2766 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock; 2767 spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ? 2768 TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1; 2769 spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ? 2770 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1; 2771 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg; 2772 spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version; 2773 } 2774 2775 static int 2776 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 2777 { 2778 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2779 nvlist_t *label; 2780 uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock; 2781 boolean_t activity_check = B_FALSE; 2782 2783 /* 2784 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by 2785 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the 2786 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching 2787 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if 2788 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have 2789 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the 2790 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set 2791 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind. 2792 * 2793 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when 2794 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we 2795 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up 2796 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means 2797 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than 2798 * just in the edge case. 2799 */ 2800 if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 && 2801 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) { 2802 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub); 2803 return (0); 2804 } 2805 2806 /* 2807 * Find the best uberblock. 2808 */ 2809 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label); 2810 2811 /* 2812 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure. 2813 */ 2814 if (ub->ub_txg == 0) { 2815 nvlist_free(label); 2816 spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found"); 2817 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO)); 2818 } 2819 2820 spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu", 2821 (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg); 2822 2823 /* 2824 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the 2825 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent 2826 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool. 2827 */ 2828 activity_check = spa_activity_check_required(spa, ub, label, 2829 spa->spa_config); 2830 if (activity_check) { 2831 if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay && 2832 spa_get_hostid() == 0) { 2833 nvlist_free(label); 2834 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2835 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID); 2836 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO)); 2837 } 2838 2839 int error = spa_activity_check(spa, ub, spa->spa_config); 2840 if (error) { 2841 nvlist_free(label); 2842 return (error); 2843 } 2844 2845 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2846 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE); 2847 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 2848 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, ub->ub_txg); 2849 } 2850 2851 /* 2852 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it. 2853 */ 2854 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) { 2855 nvlist_free(label); 2856 spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported", 2857 (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version); 2858 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP)); 2859 } 2860 2861 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 2862 nvlist_t *features; 2863 2864 /* 2865 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the 2866 * MOS in the label, return failure. 2867 */ 2868 if (label == NULL) { 2869 spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable"); 2870 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, 2871 ENXIO)); 2872 } 2873 2874 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, 2875 &features) != 0) { 2876 nvlist_free(label); 2877 spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing", 2878 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ); 2879 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, 2880 ENXIO)); 2881 } 2882 2883 /* 2884 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values 2885 * from the label. 2886 */ 2887 nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features); 2888 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0); 2889 } 2890 2891 nvlist_free(label); 2892 2893 /* 2894 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If 2895 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we 2896 * cannot open a pool. 2897 */ 2898 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 2899 nvlist_t *unsup_feat; 2900 2901 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 2902 0); 2903 2904 for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, 2905 NULL); nvp != NULL; 2906 nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) { 2907 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) { 2908 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat, 2909 nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0); 2910 } 2911 } 2912 2913 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) { 2914 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 2915 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0); 2916 nvlist_free(unsup_feat); 2917 spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported"); 2918 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, 2919 ENOTSUP)); 2920 } 2921 2922 nvlist_free(unsup_feat); 2923 } 2924 2925 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) { 2926 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 2927 spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config); 2928 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 2929 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting); 2930 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL; 2931 } 2932 2933 /* 2934 * Initialize internal SPA structures. 2935 */ 2936 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub); 2937 2938 return (0); 2939 } 2940 2941 static int 2942 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa) 2943 { 2944 int error = 0; 2945 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2946 2947 error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool); 2948 if (error != 0) { 2949 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init " 2950 "[error=%d]", error); 2951 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 2952 } 2953 spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset; 2954 2955 return (0); 2956 } 2957 2958 static int 2959 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, 2960 boolean_t reloading) 2961 { 2962 vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 2963 nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy; 2964 int error = 0, copy_error; 2965 uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos; 2966 uint64_t mos_config_txg; 2967 2968 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE) 2969 != 0) 2970 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 2971 2972 /* 2973 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is 2974 * already trusted so there is nothing to do. 2975 */ 2976 if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) 2977 return (0); 2978 2979 healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa); 2980 2981 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) 2982 != 0) { 2983 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config"); 2984 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 2985 } 2986 2987 /* 2988 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do 2989 * the verification here. 2990 */ 2991 if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) { 2992 error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config); 2993 if (error != 0) { 2994 nvlist_free(mos_config); 2995 return (error); 2996 } 2997 } 2998 2999 nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE); 3000 3001 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3002 3003 /* 3004 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config 3005 */ 3006 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0); 3007 3008 /* 3009 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was 3010 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev 3011 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information. 3012 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which 3013 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree. 3014 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a 3015 * best effort policy. 3016 */ 3017 copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd); 3018 if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) { 3019 spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:"); 3020 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 3021 spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:"); 3022 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2); 3023 } 3024 if (copy_error != 0) { 3025 spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling " 3026 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed"); 3027 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd); 3028 } 3029 3030 vdev_close(rvd); 3031 vdev_free(rvd); 3032 spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd; 3033 rvd = mrvd; 3034 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3035 3036 /* 3037 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load 3038 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the 3039 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to 3040 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS. 3041 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config. 3042 */ 3043 mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config, 3044 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG); 3045 nvlist_free(mos_config); 3046 mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE); 3047 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, 3048 &policy) == 0) 3049 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy); 3050 spa_config_set(spa, mos_config); 3051 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS; 3052 3053 /* 3054 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict 3055 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency 3056 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening 3057 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable. 3058 */ 3059 spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE; 3060 3061 /* 3062 * Open and validate the new vdev tree 3063 */ 3064 error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa); 3065 if (error != 0) 3066 return (error); 3067 3068 error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa); 3069 if (error != 0) 3070 return (error); 3071 3072 if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) { 3073 spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:"); 3074 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 3075 } 3076 3077 if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT && 3078 !spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) { 3079 /* 3080 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the 3081 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds 3082 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones 3083 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform 3084 * an extreme rewind. 3085 */ 3086 healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa); 3087 if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >= 3088 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) { 3089 spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many " 3090 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ", 3091 (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds, 3092 (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos); 3093 spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:"); 3094 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2); 3095 if (reloading) { 3096 spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already " 3097 "provided from MOS. Aborting."); 3098 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, 3099 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3100 } 3101 spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS " 3102 "config"); 3103 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN)); 3104 } 3105 } 3106 3107 error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa); 3108 if (error != 0) 3109 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO)); 3110 3111 if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) { 3112 spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS " 3113 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)", 3114 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum, 3115 (u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum); 3116 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, 3117 ENXIO)); 3118 } 3119 3120 return (0); 3121 } 3122 3123 static int 3124 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa) 3125 { 3126 int error = 0; 3127 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3128 3129 /* 3130 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored 3131 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible. 3132 */ 3133 error = spa_remove_init(spa); 3134 if (error != 0) { 3135 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]", 3136 error); 3137 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3138 } 3139 3140 /* 3141 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings. 3142 */ 3143 error = spa_condense_init(spa); 3144 if (error != 0) { 3145 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]", 3146 error); 3147 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error)); 3148 } 3149 3150 return (0); 3151 } 3152 3153 static int 3154 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep) 3155 { 3156 int error = 0; 3157 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3158 3159 if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 3160 boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE; 3161 nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat; 3162 3163 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ, 3164 &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) { 3165 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3166 } 3167 3168 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE, 3169 &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) { 3170 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3171 } 3172 3173 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS, 3174 &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) { 3175 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3176 } 3177 3178 enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc(); 3179 unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc(); 3180 3181 if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE, 3182 unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) 3183 missing_feat_read = B_TRUE; 3184 3185 if (spa_writeable(spa) || 3186 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3187 if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE, 3188 unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) { 3189 *missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE; 3190 } 3191 } 3192 3193 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 3194 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat); 3195 3196 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) { 3197 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info, 3198 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat); 3199 } 3200 3201 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat); 3202 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat); 3203 3204 if (!missing_feat_read) { 3205 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info, 3206 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY); 3207 } 3208 3209 /* 3210 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is 3211 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for 3212 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the 3213 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool 3214 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed 3215 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import 3216 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in 3217 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only 3218 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable 3219 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually 3220 * available for open in read-only mode. 3221 * 3222 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are 3223 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether 3224 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to 3225 * userland in order to know whether to display the 3226 * abovementioned note. 3227 */ 3228 if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep && 3229 spa_writeable(spa))) { 3230 spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features"); 3231 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, 3232 ENOTSUP)); 3233 } 3234 3235 /* 3236 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory 3237 * cache during SPA initialization. 3238 */ 3239 for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) { 3240 uint64_t refcount; 3241 3242 error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa, 3243 &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount); 3244 if (error == 0) { 3245 spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount; 3246 } else if (error == ENOTSUP) { 3247 spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = 3248 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED; 3249 } else { 3250 spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount " 3251 "for feature %s [error=%d]", 3252 spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error); 3253 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, 3254 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3255 } 3256 } 3257 } 3258 3259 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) { 3260 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG, 3261 &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) 3262 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3263 } 3264 3265 return (0); 3266 } 3267 3268 static int 3269 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa) 3270 { 3271 int error = 0; 3272 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3273 3274 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE; 3275 error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 3276 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE; 3277 if (error != 0) { 3278 spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error); 3279 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3280 } 3281 3282 return (0); 3283 } 3284 3285 static int 3286 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa) 3287 { 3288 int error = 0; 3289 uint64_t obj; 3290 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3291 3292 /* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */ 3293 error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 3294 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1, 3295 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes), 3296 spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes); 3297 if (error == ENOENT) { 3298 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */ 3299 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, 3300 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes)); 3301 } else if (error != 0) { 3302 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from " 3303 "MOS [error=%d]", error); 3304 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3305 } 3306 3307 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0) 3308 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3309 error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj); 3310 if (error != 0) { 3311 spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj " 3312 "[error=%d]", error); 3313 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3314 } 3315 3316 /* 3317 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function 3318 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not 3319 * be present. 3320 */ 3321 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE); 3322 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3323 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3324 3325 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION, 3326 &spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE); 3327 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3328 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3329 3330 /* 3331 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will 3332 * not be present. 3333 */ 3334 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last, 3335 B_FALSE); 3336 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3337 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3338 3339 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB, 3340 &spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE); 3341 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3342 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3343 3344 /* 3345 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this 3346 * will not be present. 3347 */ 3348 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE); 3349 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3350 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3351 3352 /* 3353 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not 3354 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to 3355 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See 3356 * spa_sync_config_object. 3357 */ 3358 3359 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */ 3360 nvlist_t *mos_config; 3361 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) { 3362 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config"); 3363 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3364 } 3365 3366 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, 3367 &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE); 3368 3369 if (error == ENOENT) { 3370 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config, 3371 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)); 3372 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE; 3373 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev)); 3374 } else if (error != 0) { 3375 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3376 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) { 3377 /* 3378 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so 3379 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their 3380 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object. 3381 */ 3382 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY; 3383 /* 3384 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created 3385 * before this. Better be sure of it. 3386 */ 3387 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev)); 3388 } 3389 nvlist_free(mos_config); 3390 3391 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION); 3392 3393 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object, 3394 B_FALSE); 3395 if (error && error != ENOENT) 3396 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3397 3398 if (error == 0) { 3399 uint64_t autoreplace; 3400 3401 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs); 3402 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace); 3403 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation); 3404 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode); 3405 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand); 3406 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST, &spa->spa_multihost); 3407 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO, 3408 &spa->spa_dedup_ditto); 3409 3410 spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0); 3411 } 3412 3413 /* 3414 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs, 3415 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on 3416 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high. 3417 */ 3418 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 && 3419 spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE && 3420 spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3421 spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' " 3422 "as some top level vdevs are missing"); 3423 spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE; 3424 } 3425 3426 return (0); 3427 } 3428 3429 static int 3430 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 3431 { 3432 int error = 0; 3433 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3434 3435 /* 3436 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of 3437 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache 3438 * devices. 3439 */ 3440 3441 /* 3442 * Load any hot spares for this pool. 3443 */ 3444 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object, 3445 B_FALSE); 3446 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3447 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3448 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 3449 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES); 3450 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object, 3451 &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) { 3452 spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist"); 3453 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3454 } 3455 3456 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3457 spa_load_spares(spa); 3458 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3459 } else if (error == 0) { 3460 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 3461 } 3462 3463 /* 3464 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool. 3465 */ 3466 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE, 3467 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE); 3468 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) 3469 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3470 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 3471 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE); 3472 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, 3473 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) { 3474 spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist"); 3475 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3476 } 3477 3478 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3479 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 3480 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3481 } else if (error == 0) { 3482 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 3483 } 3484 3485 return (0); 3486 } 3487 3488 static int 3489 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa) 3490 { 3491 int error = 0; 3492 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3493 3494 /* 3495 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to 3496 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to 3497 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools. 3498 */ 3499 if (spa_multihost(spa) && spa_get_hostid() == 0 && 3500 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) == 0) { 3501 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, 3502 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID); 3503 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO)); 3504 } 3505 3506 /* 3507 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying 3508 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable 3509 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any 3510 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take 3511 * over. 3512 */ 3513 if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3514 spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev); 3515 /* 3516 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because 3517 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from 3518 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config. 3519 */ 3520 if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) { 3521 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares); 3522 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache); 3523 } 3524 } 3525 3526 /* 3527 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc. 3528 */ 3529 error = vdev_load(rvd); 3530 if (error != 0) { 3531 spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error); 3532 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error)); 3533 } 3534 3535 /* 3536 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree. 3537 */ 3538 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3539 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE); 3540 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3541 3542 return (0); 3543 } 3544 3545 static int 3546 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa) 3547 { 3548 int error = 0; 3549 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3550 3551 error = ddt_load(spa); 3552 if (error != 0) { 3553 spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error); 3554 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO)); 3555 } 3556 3557 return (0); 3558 } 3559 3560 static int 3561 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport) 3562 { 3563 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3564 3565 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) { 3566 boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa); 3567 if (missing) { 3568 if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) { 3569 spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed " 3570 "so dropping the logs"); 3571 } else { 3572 *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY; 3573 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed"); 3574 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, 3575 ENXIO)); 3576 } 3577 } 3578 } 3579 3580 return (0); 3581 } 3582 3583 static int 3584 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa) 3585 { 3586 int error = 0; 3587 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3588 3589 /* 3590 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready 3591 * to start pushing transactions. 3592 */ 3593 if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) { 3594 error = spa_load_verify(spa); 3595 if (error != 0) { 3596 spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed " 3597 "[error=%d]", error); 3598 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, 3599 error)); 3600 } 3601 } 3602 3603 return (0); 3604 } 3605 3606 static void 3607 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa) 3608 { 3609 dmu_tx_t *tx; 3610 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa); 3611 3612 /* 3613 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet. 3614 * This must all happen in a single txg. 3615 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(), 3616 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback. 3617 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log. 3618 */ 3619 spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE; 3620 3621 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa)); 3622 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj, 3623 zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 3624 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 3625 3626 spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE; 3627 3628 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD); 3629 } 3630 3631 static void 3632 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg, 3633 boolean_t update_config_cache) 3634 { 3635 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3636 int need_update = B_FALSE; 3637 3638 /* 3639 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized 3640 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config. 3641 * 3642 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current 3643 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels. 3644 */ 3645 if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg || 3646 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || 3647 spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER || 3648 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM)) 3649 need_update = B_TRUE; 3650 3651 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) 3652 if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0) 3653 need_update = B_TRUE; 3654 3655 /* 3656 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the 3657 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet. 3658 */ 3659 if (need_update) 3660 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE); 3661 } 3662 3663 static void 3664 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa) 3665 { 3666 int mode = spa->spa_mode; 3667 int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended; 3668 3669 spa_unload(spa); 3670 spa_deactivate(spa); 3671 spa_activate(spa, mode); 3672 3673 /* 3674 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by 3675 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before 3676 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later. 3677 */ 3678 spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended; 3679 } 3680 3681 static int 3682 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa) 3683 { 3684 uberblock_t checkpoint; 3685 int error = 0; 3686 3687 ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg); 3688 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3689 3690 error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 3691 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t), 3692 sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint); 3693 3694 if (error == ENOENT) 3695 return (0); 3696 3697 if (error != 0) 3698 return (error); 3699 3700 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0); 3701 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0); 3702 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0); 3703 spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg; 3704 spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp; 3705 3706 return (0); 3707 } 3708 3709 static int 3710 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type) 3711 { 3712 int error = 0; 3713 3714 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3715 ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE); 3716 3717 /* 3718 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling 3719 * a pool following a split. 3720 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This 3721 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since 3722 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true. 3723 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS. 3724 */ 3725 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) 3726 spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE; 3727 3728 /* 3729 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree. 3730 */ 3731 error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type); 3732 if (error != 0) 3733 return (error); 3734 3735 /* 3736 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves 3737 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and 3738 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set 3739 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready 3740 * to read from the vdevs. 3741 */ 3742 error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa); 3743 if (error != 0) 3744 return (error); 3745 3746 /* 3747 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored 3748 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided. 3749 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an 3750 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip 3751 * validation for now. 3752 */ 3753 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) { 3754 error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa); 3755 if (error != 0) 3756 return (error); 3757 } 3758 3759 /* 3760 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest, 3761 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We 3762 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from 3763 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version 3764 * of zfs supports them all. 3765 */ 3766 error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type); 3767 if (error != 0) 3768 return (error); 3769 3770 /* 3771 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root 3772 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will 3773 * allow us to read its contents. 3774 */ 3775 error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa); 3776 if (error != 0) 3777 return (error); 3778 3779 return (0); 3780 } 3781 3782 static int 3783 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa) 3784 { 3785 uberblock_t checkpoint; 3786 int error = 0; 3787 3788 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3789 ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT); 3790 3791 error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 3792 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t), 3793 sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint); 3794 3795 if (error != 0) { 3796 spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed " 3797 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error); 3798 3799 if (error == ENOENT) 3800 error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT; 3801 3802 return (error); 3803 } 3804 3805 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg); 3806 ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg); 3807 3808 /* 3809 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed 3810 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that 3811 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and 3812 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels. 3813 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare) 3814 */ 3815 checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1; 3816 checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec(); 3817 3818 /* 3819 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock. 3820 */ 3821 spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint; 3822 3823 /* 3824 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for 3825 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to 3826 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole 3827 * pool and there is no way back. 3828 * 3829 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the 3830 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a 3831 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed 3832 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get 3833 * a "preview" of its content. 3834 */ 3835 if (spa_writeable(spa)) { 3836 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 3837 3838 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 3839 vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL }; 3840 int svdcount = 0; 3841 int children = rvd->vdev_children; 3842 int c0 = spa_get_random(children); 3843 3844 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) { 3845 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children]; 3846 3847 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */ 3848 if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd) 3849 break; 3850 3851 if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog || 3852 !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) 3853 continue; 3854 3855 svd[svdcount++] = vd; 3856 if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) 3857 break; 3858 } 3859 error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg); 3860 if (error == 0) 3861 spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid; 3862 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 3863 3864 if (error != 0) { 3865 spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed " 3866 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error); 3867 return (error); 3868 } 3869 } 3870 3871 return (0); 3872 } 3873 3874 static int 3875 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, 3876 boolean_t *update_config_cache) 3877 { 3878 int error; 3879 3880 /* 3881 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs, 3882 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open 3883 * the MOS. 3884 */ 3885 error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type); 3886 if (error != 0) 3887 return (error); 3888 3889 /* 3890 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create 3891 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs. 3892 */ 3893 error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE); 3894 if (error == EAGAIN) { 3895 if (update_config_cache != NULL) 3896 *update_config_cache = B_TRUE; 3897 3898 /* 3899 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is 3900 * too different from the untrusted config. 3901 */ 3902 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa); 3903 spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING"); 3904 error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type); 3905 if (error != 0) 3906 return (error); 3907 3908 error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE); 3909 if (error != 0) 3910 return (error); 3911 3912 } else if (error != 0) { 3913 return (error); 3914 } 3915 3916 return (0); 3917 } 3918 3919 /* 3920 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config 3921 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against 3922 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the 3923 * config stored in the MOS. 3924 */ 3925 static int 3926 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport) 3927 { 3928 int error = 0; 3929 boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE; 3930 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind = 3931 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT); 3932 boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE; 3933 3934 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 3935 ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE); 3936 3937 spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING"); 3938 3939 error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache); 3940 if (error != 0) 3941 return (error); 3942 3943 /* 3944 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat 3945 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time 3946 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open 3947 * the MOS. 3948 */ 3949 if (checkpoint_rewind) { 3950 /* 3951 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache 3952 * anyway. 3953 */ 3954 update_config_cache = B_TRUE; 3955 3956 /* 3957 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS 3958 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the 3959 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint 3960 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent. 3961 */ 3962 error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa); 3963 if (error != 0) 3964 return (error); 3965 3966 /* 3967 * Redo the loading process process again with the 3968 * checkpointed uberblock. 3969 */ 3970 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa); 3971 spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock"); 3972 error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL); 3973 if (error != 0) 3974 return (error); 3975 } 3976 3977 /* 3978 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint. 3979 */ 3980 error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa); 3981 if (error != 0) 3982 return (error); 3983 3984 /* 3985 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed 3986 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note 3987 * that everything that we read before this step must have been 3988 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was 3989 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before 3990 * we have loaded their mappings. 3991 */ 3992 error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa); 3993 if (error != 0) 3994 return (error); 3995 3996 /* 3997 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if 3998 * they are all supported. 3999 */ 4000 error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write); 4001 if (error != 0) 4002 return (error); 4003 4004 /* 4005 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool 4006 * layer. 4007 */ 4008 error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa); 4009 if (error != 0) 4010 return (error); 4011 4012 /* 4013 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS. 4014 */ 4015 error = spa_ld_get_props(spa); 4016 if (error != 0) 4017 return (error); 4018 4019 /* 4020 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares - 4021 * and open them. 4022 */ 4023 error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type); 4024 if (error != 0) 4025 return (error); 4026 4027 /* 4028 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices 4029 * should be autoreplaced. 4030 */ 4031 error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa); 4032 if (error != 0) 4033 return (error); 4034 4035 error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa); 4036 if (error != 0) 4037 return (error); 4038 4039 /* 4040 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors 4041 * when we claim log blocks later. 4042 */ 4043 error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport); 4044 if (error != 0) 4045 return (error); 4046 4047 if (missing_feat_write) { 4048 ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT); 4049 4050 /* 4051 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in 4052 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough 4053 * information and can return to userland. 4054 */ 4055 return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, 4056 ENOTSUP)); 4057 } 4058 4059 /* 4060 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe 4061 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool, 4062 * which can take a very long time. 4063 */ 4064 error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa); 4065 if (error != 0) 4066 return (error); 4067 4068 /* 4069 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before 4070 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space 4071 * accounting using the deflated sizes. 4072 */ 4073 spa_update_dspace(spa); 4074 4075 /* 4076 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the 4077 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few 4078 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import. 4079 */ 4080 if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER || 4081 spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) { 4082 uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg; 4083 4084 ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT); 4085 4086 /* 4087 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg 4088 * of the checkpointed uberblock. 4089 */ 4090 if (checkpoint_rewind) { 4091 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind", 4092 NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu", 4093 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg); 4094 } 4095 4096 /* 4097 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks. 4098 */ 4099 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa); 4100 4101 /* 4102 * Kick-off the syncing thread. 4103 */ 4104 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE; 4105 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 4106 mmp_thread_start(spa); 4107 4108 /* 4109 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest 4110 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks 4111 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg 4112 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations 4113 * performed above. 4114 */ 4115 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg); 4116 4117 /* 4118 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the 4119 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels 4120 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache). 4121 */ 4122 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg, 4123 update_config_cache); 4124 4125 /* 4126 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering. 4127 */ 4128 if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) && 4129 vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) 4130 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER); 4131 4132 /* 4133 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if 4134 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation). 4135 */ 4136 spa_history_log_version(spa, "open"); 4137 4138 spa_restart_removal(spa); 4139 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa); 4140 4141 /* 4142 * Delete any inconsistent datasets. 4143 * 4144 * Note: 4145 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here, 4146 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the 4147 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist 4148 * deletion zthr is part of). 4149 */ 4150 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), 4151 dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN); 4152 4153 /* 4154 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs. 4155 */ 4156 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 4157 4158 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 4159 vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev); 4160 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 4161 } 4162 4163 spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED"); 4164 4165 return (0); 4166 } 4167 4168 static int 4169 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state) 4170 { 4171 int mode = spa->spa_mode; 4172 4173 spa_unload(spa); 4174 spa_deactivate(spa); 4175 4176 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1; 4177 4178 spa_activate(spa, mode); 4179 spa_async_suspend(spa); 4180 4181 spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu", 4182 (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg); 4183 4184 return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING)); 4185 } 4186 4187 /* 4188 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If 4189 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool 4190 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this 4191 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as 4192 * spa_load(). 4193 */ 4194 static int 4195 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request, 4196 int rewind_flags) 4197 { 4198 nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL; 4199 nvlist_t *config = NULL; 4200 int load_error, rewind_error; 4201 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg; 4202 uint64_t min_txg; 4203 4204 if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4205 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg; 4206 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 4207 } else { 4208 spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request; 4209 if (max_request != UINT64_MAX) 4210 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE; 4211 } 4212 4213 load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING); 4214 if (load_error == 0) 4215 return (0); 4216 if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) { 4217 /* 4218 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no 4219 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks 4220 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails. 4221 */ 4222 ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT); 4223 return (load_error); 4224 } 4225 4226 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) 4227 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE); 4228 4229 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg; 4230 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp; 4231 4232 if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) { 4233 nvlist_free(config); 4234 return (load_error); 4235 } 4236 4237 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4238 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */ 4239 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 4240 } else { 4241 /* 4242 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first 4243 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting 4244 * to rewind. 4245 */ 4246 loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info; 4247 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc(); 4248 } 4249 4250 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg; 4251 safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE; 4252 min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ? 4253 TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg; 4254 4255 /* 4256 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within 4257 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks 4258 */ 4259 while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg && 4260 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) { 4261 if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg) 4262 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE; 4263 rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state); 4264 } 4265 4266 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE; 4267 spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX; 4268 4269 if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)) 4270 spa_config_set(spa, config); 4271 else 4272 nvlist_free(config); 4273 4274 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4275 ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL); 4276 return (rewind_error); 4277 } else { 4278 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */ 4279 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO, 4280 spa->spa_load_info); 4281 4282 /* Restore the initial load info */ 4283 fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info); 4284 spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo; 4285 4286 return (load_error); 4287 } 4288 } 4289 4290 /* 4291 * Pool Open/Import 4292 * 4293 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent 4294 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the 4295 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the 4296 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state. 4297 * 4298 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at 4299 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some 4300 * ambiguous state. 4301 */ 4302 static int 4303 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy, 4304 nvlist_t **config) 4305 { 4306 spa_t *spa; 4307 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN; 4308 int error; 4309 int locked = B_FALSE; 4310 4311 *spapp = NULL; 4312 4313 /* 4314 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this 4315 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends 4316 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to 4317 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place. 4318 */ 4319 if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) { 4320 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4321 locked = B_TRUE; 4322 } 4323 4324 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) { 4325 if (locked) 4326 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4327 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT)); 4328 } 4329 4330 if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 4331 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 4332 4333 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config, 4334 &policy); 4335 if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND) 4336 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER; 4337 4338 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global); 4339 4340 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) 4341 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0; 4342 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE; 4343 4344 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool); 4345 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, 4346 policy.zlp_rewind); 4347 4348 if (error == EBADF) { 4349 /* 4350 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by 4351 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates 4352 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If 4353 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and 4354 * we should remove the pool from the namespace. 4355 */ 4356 spa_unload(spa); 4357 spa_deactivate(spa); 4358 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE); 4359 spa_remove(spa); 4360 if (locked) 4361 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4362 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT)); 4363 } 4364 4365 if (error) { 4366 /* 4367 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful 4368 * information: the state of each vdev after the 4369 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user. 4370 */ 4371 if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) { 4372 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config, 4373 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4374 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, 4375 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 4376 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 4377 } 4378 spa_unload(spa); 4379 spa_deactivate(spa); 4380 spa->spa_last_open_failed = error; 4381 if (locked) 4382 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4383 *spapp = NULL; 4384 return (error); 4385 } 4386 } 4387 4388 spa_open_ref(spa, tag); 4389 4390 if (config != NULL) 4391 *config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE); 4392 4393 /* 4394 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we 4395 * gathered while doing the load. 4396 */ 4397 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 4398 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 4399 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 4400 } 4401 4402 if (locked) { 4403 spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0; 4404 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0; 4405 spa->spa_load_txg = 0; 4406 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4407 } 4408 4409 *spapp = spa; 4410 4411 return (0); 4412 } 4413 4414 int 4415 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy, 4416 nvlist_t **config) 4417 { 4418 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config)); 4419 } 4420 4421 int 4422 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag) 4423 { 4424 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL)); 4425 } 4426 4427 /* 4428 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process, 4429 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed. 4430 */ 4431 spa_t * 4432 spa_inject_addref(char *name) 4433 { 4434 spa_t *spa; 4435 4436 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4437 if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) { 4438 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4439 return (NULL); 4440 } 4441 spa->spa_inject_ref++; 4442 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4443 4444 return (spa); 4445 } 4446 4447 void 4448 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa) 4449 { 4450 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4451 spa->spa_inject_ref--; 4452 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4453 } 4454 4455 /* 4456 * Add spares device information to the nvlist. 4457 */ 4458 static void 4459 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 4460 { 4461 nvlist_t **spares; 4462 uint_t i, nspares; 4463 nvlist_t *nvroot; 4464 uint64_t guid; 4465 vdev_stat_t *vs; 4466 uint_t vsc; 4467 uint64_t pool; 4468 4469 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER)); 4470 4471 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0) 4472 return; 4473 4474 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, 4475 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0); 4476 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 4477 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0); 4478 if (nspares != 0) { 4479 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4480 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0); 4481 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4482 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0); 4483 4484 /* 4485 * Go through and find any spares which have since been 4486 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update 4487 * their status appropriately. 4488 */ 4489 for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) { 4490 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i], 4491 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0); 4492 if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) && 4493 pool != 0ULL) { 4494 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array( 4495 spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, 4496 (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0); 4497 vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN; 4498 vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED; 4499 } 4500 } 4501 } 4502 } 4503 4504 /* 4505 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats. 4506 */ 4507 static void 4508 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 4509 { 4510 nvlist_t **l2cache; 4511 uint_t i, j, nl2cache; 4512 nvlist_t *nvroot; 4513 uint64_t guid; 4514 vdev_t *vd; 4515 vdev_stat_t *vs; 4516 uint_t vsc; 4517 4518 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER)); 4519 4520 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0) 4521 return; 4522 4523 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, 4524 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0); 4525 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 4526 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0); 4527 if (nl2cache != 0) { 4528 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4529 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0); 4530 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, 4531 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0); 4532 4533 /* 4534 * Update level 2 cache device stats. 4535 */ 4536 4537 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) { 4538 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], 4539 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0); 4540 4541 vd = NULL; 4542 for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) { 4543 if (guid == 4544 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) { 4545 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]; 4546 break; 4547 } 4548 } 4549 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 4550 4551 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i], 4552 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) 4553 == 0); 4554 vdev_get_stats(vd, vs); 4555 } 4556 } 4557 } 4558 4559 static void 4560 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config) 4561 { 4562 nvlist_t *features; 4563 zap_cursor_t zc; 4564 zap_attribute_t za; 4565 4566 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER)); 4567 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4568 4569 if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) { 4570 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 4571 spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj); 4572 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 4573 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 4574 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) && 4575 za.za_num_integers == 1); 4576 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name, 4577 za.za_first_integer)); 4578 } 4579 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 4580 } 4581 4582 if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) { 4583 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 4584 spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj); 4585 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 4586 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 4587 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) && 4588 za.za_num_integers == 1); 4589 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name, 4590 za.za_first_integer)); 4591 } 4592 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 4593 } 4594 4595 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS, 4596 features) == 0); 4597 nvlist_free(features); 4598 } 4599 4600 int 4601 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config, 4602 char *altroot, size_t buflen) 4603 { 4604 int error; 4605 spa_t *spa; 4606 4607 *config = NULL; 4608 error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config); 4609 4610 if (spa != NULL) { 4611 /* 4612 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares 4613 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be 4614 * self-inconsistent. 4615 */ 4616 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 4617 4618 if (*config != NULL) { 4619 uint64_t loadtimes[2]; 4620 4621 loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec; 4622 loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec; 4623 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config, 4624 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0); 4625 4626 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config, 4627 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT, 4628 spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0); 4629 4630 if (spa_suspended(spa)) { 4631 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config, 4632 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED, 4633 spa->spa_failmode) == 0); 4634 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config, 4635 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON, 4636 spa->spa_suspended) == 0); 4637 } 4638 4639 spa_add_spares(spa, *config); 4640 spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config); 4641 spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config); 4642 } 4643 } 4644 4645 /* 4646 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat 4647 * and call spa_lookup() directly. 4648 */ 4649 if (altroot) { 4650 if (spa == NULL) { 4651 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4652 spa = spa_lookup(name); 4653 if (spa) 4654 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen); 4655 else 4656 altroot[0] = '\0'; 4657 spa = NULL; 4658 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4659 } else { 4660 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen); 4661 } 4662 } 4663 4664 if (spa != NULL) { 4665 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 4666 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 4667 } 4668 4669 return (error); 4670 } 4671 4672 /* 4673 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an 4674 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an 4675 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be 4676 * specified, as long as they are well-formed. 4677 */ 4678 static int 4679 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode, 4680 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version, 4681 vdev_labeltype_t label) 4682 { 4683 nvlist_t **dev; 4684 uint_t i, ndev; 4685 vdev_t *vd; 4686 int error; 4687 4688 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 4689 4690 /* 4691 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified. 4692 */ 4693 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0) 4694 return (0); 4695 4696 if (ndev == 0) 4697 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 4698 4699 /* 4700 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this 4701 * device type. 4702 */ 4703 if (spa_version(spa) < version) 4704 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP)); 4705 4706 /* 4707 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use 4708 * checking. 4709 */ 4710 sav->sav_pending = dev; 4711 sav->sav_npending = ndev; 4712 4713 for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) { 4714 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0, 4715 mode)) != 0) 4716 goto out; 4717 4718 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) { 4719 vdev_free(vd); 4720 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 4721 goto out; 4722 } 4723 4724 vd->vdev_top = vd; 4725 4726 if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 && 4727 (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) { 4728 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 4729 vd->vdev_guid) == 0); 4730 } 4731 4732 vdev_free(vd); 4733 4734 if (error && 4735 (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE)) 4736 goto out; 4737 else 4738 error = 0; 4739 } 4740 4741 out: 4742 sav->sav_pending = NULL; 4743 sav->sav_npending = 0; 4744 return (error); 4745 } 4746 4747 static int 4748 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode) 4749 { 4750 int error; 4751 4752 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL); 4753 4754 if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode, 4755 &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES, 4756 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) { 4757 return (error); 4758 } 4759 4760 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode, 4761 &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE, 4762 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE)); 4763 } 4764 4765 static void 4766 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs, 4767 const char *config) 4768 { 4769 int i; 4770 4771 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) { 4772 nvlist_t **olddevs; 4773 uint_t oldndevs; 4774 nvlist_t **newdevs; 4775 4776 /* 4777 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the 4778 * current dev list. 4779 */ 4780 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config, 4781 &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0); 4782 4783 newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) * 4784 (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP); 4785 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++) 4786 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i], 4787 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4788 for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++) 4789 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs], 4790 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4791 4792 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config, 4793 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 4794 4795 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, 4796 config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0); 4797 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++) 4798 nvlist_free(newdevs[i]); 4799 kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *)); 4800 } else { 4801 /* 4802 * Generate a new dev list. 4803 */ 4804 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, 4805 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4806 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config, 4807 devs, ndevs) == 0); 4808 } 4809 } 4810 4811 /* 4812 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices 4813 */ 4814 void 4815 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa) 4816 { 4817 vdev_t *vd; 4818 int i; 4819 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache; 4820 4821 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) { 4822 uint64_t pool; 4823 4824 vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i]; 4825 ASSERT(vd != NULL); 4826 4827 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) && 4828 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd)) 4829 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd); 4830 } 4831 } 4832 4833 /* 4834 * Pool Creation 4835 */ 4836 int 4837 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props, 4838 nvlist_t *zplprops) 4839 { 4840 spa_t *spa; 4841 char *altroot = NULL; 4842 vdev_t *rvd; 4843 dsl_pool_t *dp; 4844 dmu_tx_t *tx; 4845 int error = 0; 4846 uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL; 4847 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache; 4848 uint_t nspares, nl2cache; 4849 uint64_t version, obj; 4850 boolean_t has_features; 4851 char *poolname; 4852 nvlist_t *nvl; 4853 4854 if (props == NULL || 4855 nvlist_lookup_string(props, 4856 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_TNAME), &poolname) != 0) 4857 poolname = (char *)pool; 4858 4859 /* 4860 * If this pool already exists, return failure. 4861 */ 4862 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 4863 if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) { 4864 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4865 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST)); 4866 } 4867 4868 /* 4869 * Allocate a new spa_t structure. 4870 */ 4871 nvl = fnvlist_alloc(); 4872 fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool); 4873 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props, 4874 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot); 4875 spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot); 4876 fnvlist_free(nvl); 4877 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global); 4878 4879 if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) { 4880 spa_deactivate(spa); 4881 spa_remove(spa); 4882 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4883 return (error); 4884 } 4885 4886 /* 4887 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk. 4888 */ 4889 if (poolname != pool) 4890 spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME; 4891 4892 has_features = B_FALSE; 4893 for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL); 4894 elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) { 4895 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))) 4896 has_features = B_TRUE; 4897 } 4898 4899 if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props, 4900 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) { 4901 version = SPA_VERSION; 4902 } 4903 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version)); 4904 4905 spa->spa_first_txg = txg; 4906 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1; 4907 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version; 4908 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock; 4909 spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE; 4910 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE; 4911 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1; 4912 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1; 4913 spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE; 4914 4915 /* 4916 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs 4917 */ 4918 spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *), 4919 KM_SLEEP); 4920 for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) { 4921 spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 4922 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | 4923 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER); 4924 } 4925 4926 /* 4927 * Create the root vdev. 4928 */ 4929 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 4930 4931 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD); 4932 4933 ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL); 4934 ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd); 4935 4936 if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot)) 4937 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 4938 4939 if (error == 0 && 4940 (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 && 4941 (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, 4942 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) { 4943 /* 4944 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs) 4945 * we can no longer error exit past this point 4946 */ 4947 for (int c = 0; error == 0 && c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 4948 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 4949 4950 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd); 4951 vdev_expand(vd, txg); 4952 } 4953 } 4954 4955 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 4956 4957 if (error != 0) { 4958 spa_unload(spa); 4959 spa_deactivate(spa); 4960 spa_remove(spa); 4961 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 4962 return (error); 4963 } 4964 4965 /* 4966 * Get the list of spares, if specified. 4967 */ 4968 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, 4969 &spares, &nspares) == 0) { 4970 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, 4971 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4972 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 4973 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0); 4974 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 4975 spa_load_spares(spa); 4976 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 4977 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 4978 } 4979 4980 /* 4981 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified. 4982 */ 4983 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, 4984 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) { 4985 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 4986 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 4987 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 4988 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0); 4989 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 4990 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 4991 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 4992 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 4993 } 4994 4995 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE; 4996 spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg); 4997 spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset; 4998 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE; 4999 5000 /* 5001 * Create DDTs (dedup tables). 5002 */ 5003 ddt_create(spa); 5004 5005 spa_update_dspace(spa); 5006 5007 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg); 5008 5009 /* 5010 * Create the pool config object. 5011 */ 5012 spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5013 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE, 5014 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx); 5015 5016 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5017 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, 5018 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) { 5019 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config"); 5020 } 5021 5022 if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) 5023 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx); 5024 5025 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5026 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION, 5027 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) { 5028 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version"); 5029 } 5030 5031 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */ 5032 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) { 5033 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE; 5034 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5035 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, 5036 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) { 5037 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate"); 5038 } 5039 } 5040 5041 /* 5042 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression 5043 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize 5044 * keeps changing. 5045 */ 5046 obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx); 5047 dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 5048 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx); 5049 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 5050 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, 5051 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) { 5052 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj"); 5053 } 5054 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, 5055 spa->spa_meta_objset, obj)); 5056 5057 /* 5058 * Create the pool's history object. 5059 */ 5060 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY) 5061 spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx); 5062 5063 /* 5064 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on. 5065 */ 5066 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, 5067 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes)); 5068 5069 /* 5070 * Set pool properties. 5071 */ 5072 spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS); 5073 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION); 5074 spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE); 5075 spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND); 5076 spa->spa_multihost = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST); 5077 5078 if (props != NULL) { 5079 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE); 5080 spa_sync_props(props, tx); 5081 } 5082 5083 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 5084 5085 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE; 5086 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool); 5087 mmp_thread_start(spa); 5088 5089 /* 5090 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our 5091 * bean counters are appropriately updated. 5092 */ 5093 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg); 5094 5095 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa); 5096 5097 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE); 5098 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE); 5099 5100 spa_history_log_version(spa, "create"); 5101 5102 /* 5103 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed 5104 * and are making their way through the eviction process. 5105 */ 5106 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 5107 spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount); 5108 spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE; 5109 5110 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5111 5112 return (0); 5113 } 5114 5115 #ifdef _KERNEL 5116 /* 5117 * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool 5118 * during the system boot up time. 5119 */ 5120 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **); 5121 5122 static nvlist_t * 5123 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid) 5124 { 5125 nvlist_t *config; 5126 nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot; 5127 uint64_t pgid; 5128 5129 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0) 5130 return (NULL); 5131 5132 /* 5133 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array. 5134 */ 5135 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, 5136 &nvtop) == 0); 5137 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, 5138 &pgid) == 0); 5139 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0); 5140 5141 /* 5142 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev. 5143 */ 5144 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5145 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE, 5146 VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0); 5147 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0); 5148 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0); 5149 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, 5150 &nvtop, 1) == 0); 5151 5152 /* 5153 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in 5154 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new). 5155 */ 5156 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0); 5157 nvlist_free(nvroot); 5158 return (config); 5159 } 5160 5161 /* 5162 * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better" 5163 * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that 5164 * device has a more recent txg. 5165 */ 5166 static void 5167 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg) 5168 { 5169 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 5170 spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg); 5171 5172 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) { 5173 nvlist_t *label; 5174 uint64_t label_txg; 5175 5176 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid, 5177 &label) != 0) 5178 return; 5179 5180 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, 5181 &label_txg) == 0); 5182 5183 /* 5184 * Do we have a better boot device? 5185 */ 5186 if (label_txg > *txg) { 5187 *txg = label_txg; 5188 *avd = vd; 5189 } 5190 nvlist_free(label); 5191 } 5192 } 5193 5194 /* 5195 * Import a root pool. 5196 * 5197 * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of 5198 * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"). 5199 * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot. 5200 * 5201 * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device 5202 * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool. 5203 * e.g. 5204 * "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a" 5205 */ 5206 int 5207 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid) 5208 { 5209 spa_t *spa; 5210 vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL; 5211 nvlist_t *config, *nvtop; 5212 uint64_t guid, txg; 5213 char *pname; 5214 int error; 5215 5216 /* 5217 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration. 5218 */ 5219 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid); 5220 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL) 5221 if (config == NULL) { 5222 if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) { 5223 /* iscsi boot */ 5224 get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath); 5225 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid); 5226 } 5227 } 5228 #endif 5229 if (config == NULL) { 5230 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'", 5231 devpath); 5232 return (SET_ERROR(EIO)); 5233 } 5234 5235 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, 5236 &pname) == 0); 5237 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0); 5238 5239 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5240 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) { 5241 /* 5242 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we 5243 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in. 5244 */ 5245 spa_remove(spa); 5246 } 5247 5248 spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL); 5249 spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE; 5250 spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM; 5251 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 5252 &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0) 5253 spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL; 5254 5255 /* 5256 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config. 5257 */ 5258 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, 5259 &nvtop) == 0); 5260 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5261 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0, 5262 VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL); 5263 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5264 if (error) { 5265 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5266 nvlist_free(config); 5267 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'", 5268 pname); 5269 return (error); 5270 } 5271 5272 /* 5273 * Get the boot vdev. 5274 */ 5275 if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) { 5276 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu", 5277 (u_longlong_t)guid); 5278 error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT); 5279 goto out; 5280 } 5281 5282 /* 5283 * Determine if there is a better boot device. 5284 */ 5285 avd = bvd; 5286 spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg); 5287 if (avd != bvd) { 5288 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please " 5289 "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path); 5290 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 5291 goto out; 5292 } 5293 5294 /* 5295 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that 5296 * we're booting off the active spare. 5297 */ 5298 if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 5299 !bvd->vdev_isspare) { 5300 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please " 5301 "try booting from '%s'", 5302 bvd->vdev_parent-> 5303 vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path); 5304 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 5305 goto out; 5306 } 5307 5308 error = 0; 5309 out: 5310 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5311 vdev_free(rvd); 5312 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5313 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5314 5315 nvlist_free(config); 5316 return (error); 5317 } 5318 5319 #endif 5320 5321 /* 5322 * Import a non-root pool into the system. 5323 */ 5324 int 5325 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags) 5326 { 5327 spa_t *spa; 5328 char *altroot = NULL; 5329 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT; 5330 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 5331 uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global; 5332 uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE; 5333 int error; 5334 nvlist_t *nvroot; 5335 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache; 5336 uint_t nspares, nl2cache; 5337 5338 /* 5339 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure. 5340 */ 5341 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5342 if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) { 5343 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5344 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST)); 5345 } 5346 5347 /* 5348 * Create and initialize the spa structure. 5349 */ 5350 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props, 5351 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot); 5352 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props, 5353 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly); 5354 if (readonly) 5355 mode = FREAD; 5356 spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot); 5357 spa->spa_import_flags = flags; 5358 5359 /* 5360 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace 5361 * as if it had been loaded at boot. 5362 */ 5363 if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) { 5364 if (props != NULL) 5365 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE); 5366 5367 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE); 5368 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT); 5369 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool); 5370 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5371 return (0); 5372 } 5373 5374 spa_activate(spa, mode); 5375 5376 /* 5377 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy. 5378 */ 5379 spa_async_suspend(spa); 5380 5381 zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy); 5382 if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND) 5383 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER; 5384 5385 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT; 5386 5387 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) { 5388 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0; 5389 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool); 5390 } else { 5391 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld " 5392 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg); 5393 } 5394 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind); 5395 5396 /* 5397 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it 5398 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc). 5399 */ 5400 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 5401 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 5402 5403 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5404 /* 5405 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity 5406 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare(). 5407 */ 5408 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) { 5409 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config); 5410 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL; 5411 spa_load_spares(spa); 5412 } 5413 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) { 5414 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config); 5415 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL; 5416 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 5417 } 5418 5419 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, 5420 &nvroot) == 0); 5421 if (error == 0) 5422 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL, 5423 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE); 5424 if (error == 0) 5425 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL, 5426 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE); 5427 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5428 5429 if (props != NULL) 5430 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE); 5431 5432 if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) && 5433 (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) { 5434 spa_unload(spa); 5435 spa_deactivate(spa); 5436 spa_remove(spa); 5437 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5438 return (error); 5439 } 5440 5441 spa_async_resume(spa); 5442 5443 /* 5444 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by 5445 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc. 5446 */ 5447 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, 5448 &spares, &nspares) == 0) { 5449 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) 5450 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 5451 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 5452 else 5453 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 5454 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5455 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, 5456 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0); 5457 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5458 spa_load_spares(spa); 5459 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5460 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5461 } 5462 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, 5463 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) { 5464 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) 5465 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5466 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0); 5467 else 5468 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5469 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 5470 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config, 5471 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0); 5472 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5473 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 5474 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5475 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5476 } 5477 5478 /* 5479 * Check for any removed devices. 5480 */ 5481 if (spa->spa_autoreplace) { 5482 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares); 5483 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache); 5484 } 5485 5486 if (spa_writeable(spa)) { 5487 /* 5488 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool. 5489 */ 5490 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL); 5491 } 5492 5493 /* 5494 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported. 5495 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us. 5496 */ 5497 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND); 5498 5499 spa_history_log_version(spa, "import"); 5500 5501 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT); 5502 5503 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5504 5505 return (0); 5506 } 5507 5508 nvlist_t * 5509 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig) 5510 { 5511 nvlist_t *config = NULL; 5512 char *poolname, *cachefile; 5513 spa_t *spa; 5514 uint64_t state; 5515 int error; 5516 zpool_load_policy_t policy; 5517 5518 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname)) 5519 return (NULL); 5520 5521 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state)) 5522 return (NULL); 5523 5524 /* 5525 * Create and initialize the spa structure. 5526 */ 5527 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5528 spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL); 5529 spa_activate(spa, FREAD); 5530 5531 /* 5532 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided. 5533 */ 5534 zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy); 5535 if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) { 5536 spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg; 5537 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE; 5538 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld", 5539 poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg); 5540 } else { 5541 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname); 5542 } 5543 5544 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile) 5545 == 0) { 5546 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile); 5547 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE; 5548 } else { 5549 spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN; 5550 } 5551 5552 error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING); 5553 5554 /* 5555 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config. 5556 */ 5557 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 5558 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE); 5559 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, 5560 poolname) == 0); 5561 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, 5562 state) == 0); 5563 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP, 5564 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0); 5565 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, 5566 spa->spa_load_info) == 0); 5567 5568 /* 5569 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we 5570 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which 5571 * pools are bootable. 5572 */ 5573 if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) { 5574 char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP); 5575 5576 /* 5577 * We have to play games with the name since the 5578 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME. 5579 */ 5580 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa), 5581 spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) { 5582 char *cp; 5583 char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP); 5584 5585 cp = strchr(tmpname, '/'); 5586 if (cp == NULL) { 5587 (void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname, 5588 MAXPATHLEN); 5589 } else { 5590 (void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN, 5591 "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp); 5592 } 5593 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, 5594 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0); 5595 kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN); 5596 } 5597 kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN); 5598 } 5599 5600 /* 5601 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices. 5602 */ 5603 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 5604 spa_add_spares(spa, config); 5605 spa_add_l2cache(spa, config); 5606 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 5607 } 5608 5609 spa_unload(spa); 5610 spa_deactivate(spa); 5611 spa_remove(spa); 5612 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5613 5614 return (config); 5615 } 5616 5617 /* 5618 * Pool export/destroy 5619 * 5620 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there 5621 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we 5622 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the 5623 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then 5624 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache. 5625 */ 5626 static int 5627 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig, 5628 boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce) 5629 { 5630 spa_t *spa; 5631 5632 if (oldconfig) 5633 *oldconfig = NULL; 5634 5635 if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE)) 5636 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS)); 5637 5638 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5639 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) { 5640 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5641 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT)); 5642 } 5643 5644 /* 5645 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks, 5646 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export. 5647 */ 5648 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 5649 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5650 spa_async_suspend(spa); 5651 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5652 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 5653 5654 /* 5655 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, 5656 * in which case we can modify its state. 5657 */ 5658 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) { 5659 5660 /* 5661 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we 5662 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt. 5663 */ 5664 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0); 5665 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa); 5666 5667 /* 5668 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active 5669 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by 5670 * fault injection handlers. 5671 */ 5672 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) || 5673 (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 && 5674 new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) { 5675 spa_async_resume(spa); 5676 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5677 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 5678 } 5679 5680 /* 5681 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare. 5682 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare 5683 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can 5684 * be forcedly exported. 5685 */ 5686 if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED && 5687 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) { 5688 spa_async_resume(spa); 5689 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5690 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV)); 5691 } 5692 5693 /* 5694 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure 5695 * we stop all initializtion activity here before we 5696 * set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all 5697 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is 5698 * committed to disk before we unload the pool. 5699 */ 5700 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 5701 vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev, 5702 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE); 5703 } 5704 5705 /* 5706 * We want this to be reflected on every label, 5707 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the 5708 * final sync that pushes these changes out. 5709 */ 5710 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) { 5711 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 5712 spa->spa_state = new_state; 5713 spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 5714 TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1; 5715 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 5716 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 5717 } 5718 } 5719 5720 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY); 5721 5722 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 5723 spa_unload(spa); 5724 spa_deactivate(spa); 5725 } 5726 5727 if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config) 5728 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0); 5729 5730 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 5731 if (!hardforce) 5732 spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE); 5733 spa_remove(spa); 5734 } 5735 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5736 5737 return (0); 5738 } 5739 5740 /* 5741 * Destroy a storage pool. 5742 */ 5743 int 5744 spa_destroy(char *pool) 5745 { 5746 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL, 5747 B_FALSE, B_FALSE)); 5748 } 5749 5750 /* 5751 * Export a storage pool. 5752 */ 5753 int 5754 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force, 5755 boolean_t hardforce) 5756 { 5757 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig, 5758 force, hardforce)); 5759 } 5760 5761 /* 5762 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it 5763 * from the namespace in any way. 5764 */ 5765 int 5766 spa_reset(char *pool) 5767 { 5768 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL, 5769 B_FALSE, B_FALSE)); 5770 } 5771 5772 /* 5773 * ========================================================================== 5774 * Device manipulation 5775 * ========================================================================== 5776 */ 5777 5778 /* 5779 * Add a device to a storage pool. 5780 */ 5781 int 5782 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot) 5783 { 5784 uint64_t txg, id; 5785 int error; 5786 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 5787 vdev_t *vd, *tvd; 5788 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache; 5789 uint_t nspares, nl2cache; 5790 5791 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 5792 5793 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 5794 5795 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0, 5796 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0) 5797 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 5798 5799 spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */ 5800 5801 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, 5802 &nspares) != 0) 5803 nspares = 0; 5804 5805 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, 5806 &nl2cache) != 0) 5807 nl2cache = 0; 5808 5809 if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0) 5810 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL)); 5811 5812 if (vd->vdev_children != 0 && 5813 (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0) 5814 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error)); 5815 5816 /* 5817 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the 5818 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare. 5819 */ 5820 if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0) 5821 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error)); 5822 5823 /* 5824 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add 5825 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool. 5826 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect 5827 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels. 5828 */ 5829 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL || 5830 spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) { 5831 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 5832 tvd = vd->vdev_child[c]; 5833 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL && 5834 tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) { 5835 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL)); 5836 } 5837 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */ 5838 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_raidz_ops) { 5839 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL)); 5840 } 5841 /* 5842 * Need the top level mirror to be 5843 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only 5844 */ 5845 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) { 5846 for (uint64_t cid = 0; 5847 cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) { 5848 vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid]; 5849 if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) { 5850 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, 5851 txg, EINVAL)); 5852 } 5853 } 5854 } 5855 } 5856 } 5857 5858 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 5859 5860 /* 5861 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists. 5862 */ 5863 for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) { 5864 if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) { 5865 vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]); 5866 break; 5867 } 5868 } 5869 tvd = vd->vdev_child[c]; 5870 vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd); 5871 tvd->vdev_id = id; 5872 vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd); 5873 vdev_config_dirty(tvd); 5874 } 5875 5876 if (nspares != 0) { 5877 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares, 5878 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES); 5879 spa_load_spares(spa); 5880 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5881 } 5882 5883 if (nl2cache != 0) { 5884 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache, 5885 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE); 5886 spa_load_l2cache(spa); 5887 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE; 5888 } 5889 5890 /* 5891 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool. 5892 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we 5893 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may 5894 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache 5895 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without 5896 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit()); 5897 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs. 5898 * 5899 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that 5900 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining 5901 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool. 5902 */ 5903 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0); 5904 5905 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 5906 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL); 5907 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD); 5908 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 5909 5910 return (0); 5911 } 5912 5913 /* 5914 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device 5915 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies 5916 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev. 5917 * 5918 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the 5919 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own 5920 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to 5921 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few 5922 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon 5923 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced) 5924 * is automatically detached. 5925 */ 5926 int 5927 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing) 5928 { 5929 uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg; 5930 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 5931 vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd; 5932 vdev_ops_t *pvops; 5933 char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath; 5934 int newvd_isspare; 5935 int error; 5936 5937 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 5938 5939 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 5940 5941 oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE); 5942 5943 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 5944 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 5945 error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 5946 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 5947 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 5948 } 5949 5950 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) 5951 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY)); 5952 5953 if (oldvd == NULL) 5954 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV)); 5955 5956 if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 5957 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 5958 5959 pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent; 5960 5961 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, 5962 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0) 5963 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 5964 5965 if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1) 5966 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL)); 5967 5968 newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0]; 5969 5970 if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 5971 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL)); 5972 5973 if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0) 5974 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error)); 5975 5976 /* 5977 * Spares can't replace logs 5978 */ 5979 if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare) 5980 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 5981 5982 if (!replacing) { 5983 /* 5984 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root 5985 * vdev. 5986 */ 5987 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops && 5988 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops) 5989 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 5990 5991 pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops; 5992 } else { 5993 /* 5994 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot 5995 * spares. 5996 */ 5997 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 5998 oldvd->vdev_isspare && 5999 !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid)) 6000 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6001 6002 /* 6003 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a 6004 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we 6005 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to 6006 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is 6007 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces 6008 * non-spare). 6009 */ 6010 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && 6011 spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) { 6012 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6013 } else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 6014 newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) { 6015 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6016 } 6017 6018 if (newvd->vdev_isspare) 6019 pvops = &vdev_spare_ops; 6020 else 6021 pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops; 6022 } 6023 6024 /* 6025 * Make sure the new device is big enough. 6026 */ 6027 if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd)) 6028 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW)); 6029 6030 /* 6031 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement 6032 * than the top-level vdev. 6033 */ 6034 if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) 6035 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM)); 6036 6037 /* 6038 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid 6039 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on. 6040 */ 6041 if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) { 6042 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path); 6043 oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5, 6044 KM_SLEEP); 6045 (void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s", 6046 newvd->vdev_path, "old"); 6047 if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) { 6048 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid); 6049 oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL; 6050 } 6051 } 6052 6053 /* mark the device being resilvered */ 6054 newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg; 6055 6056 /* 6057 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new 6058 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd. 6059 */ 6060 if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops) 6061 pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops); 6062 6063 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd); 6064 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops); 6065 ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd); 6066 6067 /* 6068 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd. 6069 */ 6070 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd); 6071 newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children; 6072 newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg; 6073 vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd); 6074 6075 tvd = newvd->vdev_top; 6076 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd); 6077 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd); 6078 6079 vdev_config_dirty(tvd); 6080 6081 /* 6082 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account 6083 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when 6084 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess(). 6085 */ 6086 dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES; 6087 6088 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL, 6089 dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL); 6090 6091 if (newvd->vdev_isspare) { 6092 spa_spare_activate(newvd); 6093 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE); 6094 } 6095 6096 oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path); 6097 newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path); 6098 newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare; 6099 6100 /* 6101 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg. 6102 */ 6103 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg); 6104 6105 /* 6106 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to 6107 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the 6108 * respective datasets. 6109 */ 6110 dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg); 6111 6112 if (spa->spa_bootfs) 6113 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH); 6114 6115 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH); 6116 6117 /* 6118 * Commit the config 6119 */ 6120 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0); 6121 6122 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL, 6123 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s", 6124 replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" : 6125 replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath, 6126 replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath); 6127 6128 spa_strfree(oldvdpath); 6129 spa_strfree(newvdpath); 6130 6131 return (0); 6132 } 6133 6134 /* 6135 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev. 6136 * 6137 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent 6138 * is a replacing vdev. 6139 */ 6140 int 6141 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done) 6142 { 6143 uint64_t txg; 6144 int error; 6145 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 6146 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd; 6147 boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE; 6148 uint64_t unspare_guid = 0; 6149 char *vdpath; 6150 6151 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 6152 6153 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 6154 6155 vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE); 6156 6157 /* 6158 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the 6159 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called 6160 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done(). 6161 * 6162 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't 6163 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub 6164 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done() 6165 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint. 6166 * 6167 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly 6168 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything 6169 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away. 6170 */ 6171 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 6172 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 6173 error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 6174 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 6175 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6176 } 6177 6178 if (vd == NULL) 6179 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV)); 6180 6181 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 6182 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6183 6184 pvd = vd->vdev_parent; 6185 6186 /* 6187 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it. 6188 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing 6189 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing 6190 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel 6191 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up 6192 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C, 6193 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then 6194 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what 6195 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the 6196 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example, 6197 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R. 6198 */ 6199 if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0) 6200 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY)); 6201 6202 /* 6203 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced. 6204 */ 6205 if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops && 6206 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops) 6207 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6208 6209 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops || 6210 spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES); 6211 6212 /* 6213 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach. 6214 */ 6215 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops && 6216 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops && 6217 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops) 6218 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP)); 6219 6220 /* 6221 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data, 6222 * we cannot safely detach it. 6223 */ 6224 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd)) 6225 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY)); 6226 6227 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2); 6228 6229 /* 6230 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then 6231 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old" 6232 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now. 6233 */ 6234 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 && 6235 vd->vdev_path != NULL) { 6236 size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path); 6237 6238 for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) { 6239 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c]; 6240 6241 if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL) 6242 continue; 6243 6244 if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 && 6245 strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) { 6246 spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path); 6247 cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path); 6248 break; 6249 } 6250 } 6251 } 6252 6253 /* 6254 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies 6255 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the 6256 * active spare list for the pool. 6257 */ 6258 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && 6259 vd->vdev_id == 0 && 6260 pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare) 6261 unspare = B_TRUE; 6262 6263 /* 6264 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things. 6265 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled, 6266 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it). 6267 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal -- 6268 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason 6269 * it's being detached! 6270 */ 6271 error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE); 6272 6273 /* 6274 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children. 6275 */ 6276 vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd); 6277 vdev_compact_children(pvd); 6278 6279 /* 6280 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below. 6281 */ 6282 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]; 6283 6284 /* 6285 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares, 6286 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process. 6287 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can 6288 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar 6289 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach; 6290 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and 6291 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail. 6292 */ 6293 if (unspare) { 6294 ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare); 6295 spa_spare_remove(cvd); 6296 unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid; 6297 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE); 6298 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE; 6299 } 6300 6301 /* 6302 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child, 6303 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree. 6304 */ 6305 if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) { 6306 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) 6307 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE; 6308 vdev_remove_parent(cvd); 6309 } 6310 6311 6312 /* 6313 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed 6314 * may have been the previous top-level vdev. 6315 */ 6316 tvd = cvd->vdev_top; 6317 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd); 6318 6319 /* 6320 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state. 6321 */ 6322 vdev_propagate_state(cvd); 6323 6324 /* 6325 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically 6326 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we 6327 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to 6328 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev 6329 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs. 6330 */ 6331 if (spa->spa_autoexpand) { 6332 vdev_reopen(tvd); 6333 vdev_expand(tvd, txg); 6334 } 6335 6336 vdev_config_dirty(tvd); 6337 6338 /* 6339 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that 6340 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context. 6341 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to 6342 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed. 6343 */ 6344 vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path); 6345 for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++) 6346 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t); 6347 vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE; 6348 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg); 6349 6350 spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE); 6351 6352 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */ 6353 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 6354 6355 error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0); 6356 6357 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL, 6358 "vdev=%s", vdpath); 6359 spa_strfree(vdpath); 6360 6361 /* 6362 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev, 6363 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare 6364 * list of every other pool. 6365 */ 6366 if (unspare) { 6367 spa_t *altspa = NULL; 6368 6369 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6370 while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) { 6371 if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE || 6372 altspa == spa) 6373 continue; 6374 6375 spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG); 6376 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6377 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE); 6378 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6379 spa_close(altspa, FTAG); 6380 } 6381 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6382 6383 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */ 6384 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa); 6385 } 6386 6387 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */ 6388 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6389 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 6390 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6391 6392 return (error); 6393 } 6394 6395 int 6396 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type) 6397 { 6398 /* 6399 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function 6400 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or 6401 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that 6402 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to 6403 * the initializing operation. 6404 */ 6405 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 6406 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 6407 6408 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */ 6409 vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE); 6410 if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) { 6411 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6412 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6413 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV)); 6414 } else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) { 6415 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6416 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6417 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL)); 6418 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) { 6419 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6420 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6421 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS)); 6422 } 6423 mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6424 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 6425 6426 /* 6427 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see 6428 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead 6429 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be 6430 * a previous initialization process which has completed but 6431 * the thread is not exited. 6432 */ 6433 if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_DO && 6434 (vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL || 6435 vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) { 6436 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6437 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6438 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 6439 } else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL && 6440 (vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE && 6441 vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) { 6442 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6443 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6444 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH)); 6445 } else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND && 6446 vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) { 6447 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6448 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6449 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH)); 6450 } 6451 6452 switch (cmd_type) { 6453 case POOL_INITIALIZE_DO: 6454 vdev_initialize(vd); 6455 break; 6456 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL: 6457 vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED); 6458 break; 6459 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND: 6460 vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED); 6461 break; 6462 default: 6463 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type); 6464 } 6465 mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock); 6466 6467 /* Sync out the initializing state */ 6468 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0); 6469 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 6470 6471 return (0); 6472 } 6473 6474 6475 /* 6476 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them. 6477 */ 6478 int 6479 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config, 6480 nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp) 6481 { 6482 int error = 0; 6483 uint64_t txg, *glist; 6484 spa_t *newspa; 6485 uint_t c, children, lastlog; 6486 nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp; 6487 dmu_tx_t *tx; 6488 char *altroot = NULL; 6489 vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL; /* vdev modify list */ 6490 boolean_t activate_slog; 6491 6492 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 6493 6494 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa); 6495 6496 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)); 6497 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) { 6498 error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ? 6499 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT; 6500 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6501 } 6502 6503 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */ 6504 activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa); 6505 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG); 6506 error = spa_reset_logs(spa); 6507 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa); 6508 6509 if (activate_slog) 6510 spa_activate_log(spa); 6511 6512 if (error != 0) 6513 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6514 6515 /* check new spa name before going any further */ 6516 if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL) 6517 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST)); 6518 6519 /* 6520 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors 6521 */ 6522 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 || 6523 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child, 6524 &children) != 0) 6525 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 6526 6527 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */ 6528 rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 6529 lastlog = 0; 6530 for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 6531 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 6532 6533 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */ 6534 if (vd->vdev_islog || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) { 6535 if (lastlog == 0) 6536 lastlog = c; 6537 continue; 6538 } 6539 6540 lastlog = 0; 6541 } 6542 if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children)) 6543 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 6544 6545 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */ 6546 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 || 6547 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0) 6548 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL)); 6549 6550 vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP); 6551 glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP); 6552 6553 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */ 6554 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6555 uint64_t is_hole = 0; 6556 6557 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE, 6558 &is_hole); 6559 6560 if (is_hole != 0) { 6561 if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole || 6562 spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) { 6563 continue; 6564 } else { 6565 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 6566 break; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 6570 /* which disk is going to be split? */ 6571 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 6572 &glist[c]) != 0) { 6573 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 6574 break; 6575 } 6576 6577 /* look it up in the spa */ 6578 vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE); 6579 if (vml[c] == NULL) { 6580 error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV); 6581 break; 6582 } 6583 6584 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */ 6585 if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops || 6586 vml[c]->vdev_islog || 6587 !vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) || 6588 vml[c]->vdev_isspare || 6589 vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache || 6590 !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) || 6591 vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 || 6592 vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY || 6593 c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) { 6594 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL); 6595 break; 6596 } 6597 6598 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) { 6599 error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY); 6600 break; 6601 } 6602 6603 /* we need certain info from the top level */ 6604 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY, 6605 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0); 6606 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT, 6607 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0); 6608 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE, 6609 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0); 6610 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT, 6611 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0); 6612 6613 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */ 6614 ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0); 6615 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], 6616 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap)); 6617 6618 ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0); 6619 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], 6620 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP, 6621 vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap)); 6622 } 6623 6624 if (error != 0) { 6625 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 6626 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t)); 6627 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error)); 6628 } 6629 6630 /* stop writers from using the disks */ 6631 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6632 if (vml[c] != NULL) 6633 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE; 6634 } 6635 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6636 6637 /* 6638 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This 6639 * will disappear once the config is regenerated. 6640 */ 6641 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 6642 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST, 6643 glist, children) == 0); 6644 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t)); 6645 6646 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); 6647 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, 6648 nvl) == 0); 6649 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 6650 spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl; 6651 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6652 6653 /* configure and create the new pool */ 6654 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0); 6655 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, 6656 exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0); 6657 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 6658 spa_version(spa)) == 0); 6659 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, 6660 spa->spa_config_txg) == 0); 6661 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, 6662 spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0); 6663 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)); 6664 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props, 6665 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot); 6666 6667 /* add the new pool to the namespace */ 6668 newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot); 6669 newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD; 6670 newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg; 6671 spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR); 6672 6673 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */ 6674 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG); 6675 6676 if (zio_injection_enabled) 6677 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1); 6678 6679 spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global); 6680 spa_async_suspend(newspa); 6681 6682 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6683 if (vml[c] != NULL) { 6684 /* 6685 * Temporarily stop the initializing activity. We set 6686 * the state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume 6687 * the initializing once the split has completed. 6688 */ 6689 mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock); 6690 vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c], VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE); 6691 mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock); 6692 } 6693 } 6694 6695 newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT; 6696 6697 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */ 6698 error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE); 6699 if (error) 6700 goto out; 6701 6702 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */ 6703 if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) { 6704 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting, 6705 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 6706 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting, 6707 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0); 6708 spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL, 6709 B_TRUE)); 6710 } 6711 6712 /* set the props */ 6713 if (props != NULL) { 6714 spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE); 6715 error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props); 6716 if (error) 6717 goto out; 6718 } 6719 6720 /* flush everything */ 6721 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa); 6722 vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev); 6723 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG); 6724 6725 if (zio_injection_enabled) 6726 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2); 6727 6728 spa_async_resume(newspa); 6729 6730 /* finally, update the original pool's config */ 6731 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa); 6732 tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir); 6733 error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT); 6734 if (error != 0) 6735 dmu_tx_abort(tx); 6736 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6737 if (vml[c] != NULL) { 6738 vdev_split(vml[c]); 6739 if (error == 0) 6740 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx, 6741 "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path); 6742 6743 vdev_free(vml[c]); 6744 } 6745 } 6746 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD; 6747 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6748 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL; 6749 nvlist_free(nvl); 6750 if (error == 0) 6751 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 6752 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0); 6753 6754 if (zio_injection_enabled) 6755 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3); 6756 6757 /* split is complete; log a history record */ 6758 spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL, 6759 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa)); 6760 6761 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 6762 6763 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */ 6764 if (exp) 6765 error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL, 6766 B_FALSE, B_FALSE); 6767 6768 return (error); 6769 6770 out: 6771 spa_unload(newspa); 6772 spa_deactivate(newspa); 6773 spa_remove(newspa); 6774 6775 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa); 6776 6777 /* re-online all offlined disks */ 6778 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) { 6779 if (vml[c] != NULL) 6780 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE; 6781 } 6782 6783 /* restart initializing disks as necessary */ 6784 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART); 6785 6786 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev); 6787 6788 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting); 6789 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL; 6790 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error); 6791 6792 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *)); 6793 return (error); 6794 } 6795 6796 /* 6797 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's 6798 * currently spared, so we can detach it. 6799 */ 6800 static vdev_t * 6801 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd) 6802 { 6803 vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd; 6804 6805 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 6806 oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]); 6807 if (oldvd != NULL) 6808 return (oldvd); 6809 } 6810 6811 /* 6812 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first 6813 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be 6814 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In 6815 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically 6816 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require 6817 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep. 6818 */ 6819 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) { 6820 ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1); 6821 6822 newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1]; 6823 oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0]; 6824 6825 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) && 6826 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) && 6827 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd)) 6828 return (oldvd); 6829 } 6830 6831 /* 6832 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set. 6833 * Also potentially update faulted state. 6834 */ 6835 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) { 6836 vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0]; 6837 vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1]; 6838 6839 if (last->vdev_unspare) { 6840 oldvd = first; 6841 newvd = last; 6842 } else if (first->vdev_unspare) { 6843 oldvd = last; 6844 newvd = first; 6845 } else { 6846 oldvd = NULL; 6847 } 6848 6849 if (oldvd != NULL && 6850 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) && 6851 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) && 6852 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd)) 6853 return (oldvd); 6854 6855 vdev_propagate_state(vd); 6856 6857 /* 6858 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk, 6859 * and those spares are not required, then we want to 6860 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used 6861 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single 6862 * disk+spare, we stop removing them. 6863 */ 6864 if (vd->vdev_children > 2) { 6865 newvd = vd->vdev_child[1]; 6866 6867 if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare && 6868 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) && 6869 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) && 6870 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd)) 6871 return (newvd); 6872 } 6873 } 6874 6875 return (NULL); 6876 } 6877 6878 static void 6879 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa) 6880 { 6881 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd; 6882 uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid; 6883 6884 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 6885 6886 while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) { 6887 pvd = vd->vdev_parent; 6888 ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent; 6889 guid = vd->vdev_guid; 6890 pguid = pvd->vdev_guid; 6891 ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid; 6892 sguid = 0; 6893 /* 6894 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then 6895 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot 6896 * spare) as well. 6897 */ 6898 if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 && 6899 ppvd->vdev_children == 2) { 6900 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops); 6901 sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid; 6902 } 6903 ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd)); 6904 6905 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 6906 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0) 6907 return; 6908 if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0) 6909 return; 6910 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 6911 } 6912 6913 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 6914 } 6915 6916 /* 6917 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev. 6918 */ 6919 int 6920 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value, 6921 boolean_t ispath) 6922 { 6923 vdev_t *vd; 6924 boolean_t sync = B_FALSE; 6925 6926 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 6927 6928 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL); 6929 6930 if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL) 6931 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT)); 6932 6933 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) 6934 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP)); 6935 6936 if (ispath) { 6937 if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) { 6938 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path); 6939 vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value); 6940 sync = B_TRUE; 6941 } 6942 } else { 6943 if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) { 6944 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value); 6945 sync = B_TRUE; 6946 } else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) { 6947 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru); 6948 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value); 6949 sync = B_TRUE; 6950 } 6951 } 6952 6953 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0)); 6954 } 6955 6956 int 6957 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath) 6958 { 6959 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE)); 6960 } 6961 6962 int 6963 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru) 6964 { 6965 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE)); 6966 } 6967 6968 /* 6969 * ========================================================================== 6970 * SPA Scanning 6971 * ========================================================================== 6972 */ 6973 int 6974 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd) 6975 { 6976 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0); 6977 6978 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool)) 6979 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 6980 6981 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd)); 6982 } 6983 6984 int 6985 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa) 6986 { 6987 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0); 6988 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool)) 6989 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY)); 6990 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool)); 6991 } 6992 6993 int 6994 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func) 6995 { 6996 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0); 6997 6998 if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE) 6999 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP)); 7000 7001 /* 7002 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a 7003 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do. 7004 */ 7005 if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER && 7006 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) { 7007 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE); 7008 return (0); 7009 } 7010 7011 return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func)); 7012 } 7013 7014 /* 7015 * ========================================================================== 7016 * SPA async task processing 7017 * ========================================================================== 7018 */ 7019 7020 static void 7021 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd) 7022 { 7023 if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) { 7024 vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE; 7025 vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE; 7026 vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE); 7027 7028 /* 7029 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full 7030 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away 7031 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the 7032 * device, all of which is a waste. 7033 */ 7034 vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0; 7035 vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0; 7036 vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0; 7037 7038 vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top); 7039 } 7040 7041 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 7042 spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]); 7043 } 7044 7045 static void 7046 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd) 7047 { 7048 if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) { 7049 vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE; 7050 vdev_reopen(vd); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */ 7051 } 7052 7053 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) 7054 spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]); 7055 } 7056 7057 static void 7058 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd) 7059 { 7060 sysevent_id_t eid; 7061 nvlist_t *attr; 7062 char *physpath; 7063 7064 if (!spa->spa_autoexpand) 7065 return; 7066 7067 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) { 7068 vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c]; 7069 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd); 7070 } 7071 7072 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL) 7073 return; 7074 7075 physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP); 7076 (void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath); 7077 7078 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 7079 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0); 7080 7081 (void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS, 7082 ESC_DEV_DLE, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP); 7083 7084 nvlist_free(attr); 7085 kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN); 7086 } 7087 7088 static void 7089 spa_async_thread(void *arg) 7090 { 7091 spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg; 7092 int tasks; 7093 7094 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on); 7095 7096 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7097 tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks; 7098 spa->spa_async_tasks = 0; 7099 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7100 7101 /* 7102 * See if the config needs to be updated. 7103 */ 7104 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) { 7105 uint64_t old_space, new_space; 7106 7107 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 7108 old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa)); 7109 old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa)); 7110 old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 7111 7112 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL); 7113 7114 new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa)); 7115 new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa)); 7116 new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa)); 7117 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 7118 7119 /* 7120 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update, 7121 * then log an internal history event. 7122 */ 7123 if (new_space != old_space) { 7124 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL, 7125 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)", 7126 spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space); 7127 } 7128 } 7129 7130 /* 7131 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED. 7132 */ 7133 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) { 7134 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE); 7135 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev); 7136 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) 7137 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]); 7138 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) 7139 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]); 7140 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0); 7141 } 7142 7143 if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) { 7144 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 7145 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev); 7146 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 7147 } 7148 7149 /* 7150 * See if any devices need to be probed. 7151 */ 7152 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) { 7153 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE); 7154 spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev); 7155 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0); 7156 } 7157 7158 /* 7159 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them. 7160 */ 7161 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE) 7162 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa); 7163 7164 /* 7165 * Kick off a resilver. 7166 */ 7167 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER) 7168 dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0); 7169 7170 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) { 7171 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 7172 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 7173 vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev); 7174 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 7175 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 7176 } 7177 7178 /* 7179 * Let the world know that we're done. 7180 */ 7181 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7182 spa->spa_async_thread = NULL; 7183 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv); 7184 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7185 thread_exit(); 7186 } 7187 7188 void 7189 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa) 7190 { 7191 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7192 spa->spa_async_suspended++; 7193 while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL) 7194 cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock); 7195 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7196 7197 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa); 7198 7199 zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr; 7200 if (condense_thread != NULL && zthr_isrunning(condense_thread)) 7201 VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(condense_thread)); 7202 7203 zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr; 7204 if (discard_thread != NULL && zthr_isrunning(discard_thread)) 7205 VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(discard_thread)); 7206 } 7207 7208 void 7209 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa) 7210 { 7211 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7212 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0); 7213 spa->spa_async_suspended--; 7214 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7215 spa_restart_removal(spa); 7216 7217 zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr; 7218 if (condense_thread != NULL && !zthr_isrunning(condense_thread)) 7219 zthr_resume(condense_thread); 7220 7221 zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr; 7222 if (discard_thread != NULL && !zthr_isrunning(discard_thread)) 7223 zthr_resume(discard_thread); 7224 } 7225 7226 static boolean_t 7227 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa) 7228 { 7229 uint_t non_config_tasks; 7230 uint_t config_task; 7231 boolean_t config_task_suspended; 7232 7233 non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE; 7234 config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE; 7235 if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) { 7236 config_task_suspended = B_FALSE; 7237 } else { 7238 config_task_suspended = 7239 (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) < 7240 (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC); 7241 } 7242 7243 return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended)); 7244 } 7245 7246 static void 7247 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa) 7248 { 7249 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7250 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) && 7251 !spa->spa_async_suspended && 7252 spa->spa_async_thread == NULL && 7253 rootdir != NULL) 7254 spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0, 7255 spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri); 7256 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7257 } 7258 7259 void 7260 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task) 7261 { 7262 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task); 7263 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7264 spa->spa_async_tasks |= task; 7265 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock); 7266 } 7267 7268 /* 7269 * ========================================================================== 7270 * SPA syncing routines 7271 * ========================================================================== 7272 */ 7273 7274 static int 7275 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7276 { 7277 bpobj_t *bpo = arg; 7278 bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx); 7279 return (0); 7280 } 7281 7282 static int 7283 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7284 { 7285 zio_t *zio = arg; 7286 7287 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp, 7288 zio->io_flags)); 7289 return (0); 7290 } 7291 7292 /* 7293 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the 7294 * amount of time spent syncing frees. 7295 */ 7296 static void 7297 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7298 { 7299 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0); 7300 bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx); 7301 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0); 7302 } 7303 7304 /* 7305 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the 7306 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees. 7307 */ 7308 static void 7309 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7310 { 7311 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0); 7312 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, 7313 spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0); 7314 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio)); 7315 } 7316 7317 7318 static void 7319 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7320 { 7321 char *packed = NULL; 7322 size_t bufsize; 7323 size_t nvsize = 0; 7324 dmu_buf_t *db; 7325 7326 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0); 7327 7328 /* 7329 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration 7330 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and 7331 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about. 7332 */ 7333 bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE); 7334 packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP); 7335 7336 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR, 7337 KM_SLEEP) == 0); 7338 bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize); 7339 7340 dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx); 7341 7342 kmem_free(packed, bufsize); 7343 7344 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db)); 7345 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx); 7346 *(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize; 7347 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG); 7348 } 7349 7350 static void 7351 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx, 7352 const char *config, const char *entry) 7353 { 7354 nvlist_t *nvroot; 7355 nvlist_t **list; 7356 int i; 7357 7358 if (!sav->sav_sync) 7359 return; 7360 7361 /* 7362 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices. 7363 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is 7364 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately. 7365 */ 7366 if (sav->sav_object == 0) { 7367 sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7368 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, 7369 sizeof (uint64_t), tx); 7370 VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7371 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, 7372 &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0); 7373 } 7374 7375 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0); 7376 if (sav->sav_count == 0) { 7377 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0); 7378 } else { 7379 list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP); 7380 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 7381 list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i], 7382 B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE); 7383 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list, 7384 sav->sav_count) == 0); 7385 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 7386 nvlist_free(list[i]); 7387 kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *)); 7388 } 7389 7390 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx); 7391 nvlist_free(nvroot); 7392 7393 sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE; 7394 } 7395 7396 /* 7397 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t. 7398 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty. 7399 */ 7400 static void 7401 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7402 { 7403 spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa; 7404 if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) { 7405 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz, 7406 vd->vdev_top_zap, tx)); 7407 } 7408 if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) { 7409 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz, 7410 vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx)); 7411 } 7412 for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) { 7413 spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx); 7414 } 7415 } 7416 7417 static void 7418 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7419 { 7420 nvlist_t *config; 7421 7422 /* 7423 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS, 7424 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs. 7425 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we 7426 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty. 7427 */ 7428 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) && 7429 spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE) 7430 return; 7431 7432 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 7433 7434 ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE || 7435 spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE || 7436 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0); 7437 7438 if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) { 7439 /* Make and build the new AVZ */ 7440 uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7441 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx); 7442 spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx); 7443 7444 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */ 7445 zap_cursor_t zc; 7446 zap_attribute_t za; 7447 7448 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 7449 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps); 7450 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 7451 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 7452 uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer; 7453 if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz, 7454 vdzap) == ENOENT) { 7455 /* 7456 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one; 7457 * destroy it 7458 */ 7459 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap, 7460 tx)); 7461 } 7462 } 7463 7464 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 7465 7466 /* Destroy the old AVZ */ 7467 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7468 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx)); 7469 7470 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */ 7471 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7472 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, 7473 sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx)); 7474 7475 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz; 7476 } else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) { 7477 zap_cursor_t zc; 7478 zap_attribute_t za; 7479 7480 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */ 7481 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset, 7482 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps); 7483 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0; 7484 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) { 7485 uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer; 7486 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx)); 7487 } 7488 7489 zap_cursor_fini(&zc); 7490 7491 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */ 7492 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7493 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx)); 7494 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7495 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx)); 7496 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0; 7497 } 7498 7499 if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) { 7500 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7501 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 7502 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx); 7503 } 7504 spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE; 7505 7506 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */ 7507 vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx); 7508 7509 config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev, 7510 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE); 7511 7512 /* 7513 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that 7514 * the config object gets updated with the correct version. 7515 */ 7516 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version) 7517 fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, 7518 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version); 7519 7520 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 7521 7522 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing); 7523 spa->spa_config_syncing = config; 7524 7525 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx); 7526 } 7527 7528 static void 7529 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7530 { 7531 uint64_t *versionp = arg; 7532 uint64_t version = *versionp; 7533 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 7534 7535 /* 7536 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool. 7537 */ 7538 ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL); 7539 7540 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version)); 7541 ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa)); 7542 7543 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version; 7544 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 7545 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version); 7546 } 7547 7548 /* 7549 * Set zpool properties. 7550 */ 7551 static void 7552 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7553 { 7554 nvlist_t *nvp = arg; 7555 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa; 7556 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset; 7557 nvpair_t *elem = NULL; 7558 7559 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); 7560 7561 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) { 7562 uint64_t intval; 7563 char *strval, *fname; 7564 zpool_prop_t prop; 7565 const char *propname; 7566 zprop_type_t proptype; 7567 spa_feature_t fid; 7568 7569 switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) { 7570 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL: 7571 /* 7572 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate(). 7573 */ 7574 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))); 7575 7576 fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1; 7577 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid)); 7578 7579 spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx); 7580 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7581 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem)); 7582 break; 7583 7584 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION: 7585 intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem); 7586 /* 7587 * The version is synced seperatly before other 7588 * properties and should be correct by now. 7589 */ 7590 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval); 7591 break; 7592 7593 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT: 7594 /* 7595 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should 7596 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time. 7597 */ 7598 ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL); 7599 break; 7600 7601 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY: 7602 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE: 7603 /* 7604 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent 7605 * properties. 7606 */ 7607 break; 7608 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT: 7609 strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem); 7610 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) 7611 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment); 7612 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval); 7613 /* 7614 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs 7615 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary 7616 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's 7617 * configuratoin has already been dirtied. 7618 */ 7619 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL) 7620 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 7621 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7622 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval); 7623 break; 7624 default: 7625 /* 7626 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object. 7627 */ 7628 if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) { 7629 spa->spa_pool_props_object = 7630 zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS, 7631 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS, 7632 tx); 7633 } 7634 7635 /* normalize the property name */ 7636 propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop); 7637 proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop); 7638 7639 if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) { 7640 ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING); 7641 strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem); 7642 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos, 7643 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname, 7644 1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx)); 7645 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7646 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval); 7647 } else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) { 7648 intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem); 7649 7650 if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) { 7651 const char *unused; 7652 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string( 7653 prop, intval, &unused)); 7654 } 7655 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos, 7656 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname, 7657 8, 1, &intval, tx)); 7658 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, 7659 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval); 7660 } else { 7661 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */ 7662 } 7663 7664 switch (prop) { 7665 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION: 7666 spa->spa_delegation = intval; 7667 break; 7668 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS: 7669 spa->spa_bootfs = intval; 7670 break; 7671 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE: 7672 spa->spa_failmode = intval; 7673 break; 7674 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND: 7675 spa->spa_autoexpand = intval; 7676 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL) 7677 spa_async_request(spa, 7678 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND); 7679 break; 7680 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST: 7681 spa->spa_multihost = intval; 7682 break; 7683 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO: 7684 spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval; 7685 break; 7686 default: 7687 break; 7688 } 7689 } 7690 7691 } 7692 7693 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock); 7694 } 7695 7696 /* 7697 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not 7698 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this 7699 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes. 7700 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync 7701 * tasks. 7702 */ 7703 static void 7704 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx) 7705 { 7706 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 7707 7708 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1); 7709 7710 rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG); 7711 7712 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN && 7713 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) { 7714 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx); 7715 7716 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */ 7717 spa->spa_minref += 3; 7718 } 7719 7720 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES && 7721 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) { 7722 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx); 7723 } 7724 7725 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES && 7726 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) { 7727 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx); 7728 7729 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */ 7730 spa->spa_minref += 3; 7731 } 7732 7733 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES && 7734 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 7735 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx); 7736 } 7737 7738 /* 7739 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable 7740 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added 7741 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have 7742 * this feature active 7743 */ 7744 if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) { 7745 boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, 7746 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS); 7747 boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa, 7748 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS); 7749 7750 if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac) 7751 spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx); 7752 } 7753 7754 /* 7755 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the 7756 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since 7757 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible. 7758 */ 7759 if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, 7760 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) { 7761 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7762 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1, 7763 sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes), 7764 spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx)); 7765 } 7766 7767 rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG); 7768 } 7769 7770 static void 7771 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd) 7772 { 7773 vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping; 7774 vdev_indirect_births_t *vib = vd->vdev_indirect_births; 7775 7776 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) { 7777 ASSERT(vim != NULL); 7778 ASSERT(vib != NULL); 7779 } 7780 7781 if (vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd) != 0) { 7782 ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL); 7783 ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing || 7784 vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops); 7785 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0); 7786 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0); 7787 7788 ASSERT3U(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd), ==, 7789 space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm)); 7790 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=, 7791 space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm)); 7792 } 7793 ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL); 7794 7795 /* 7796 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only 7797 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments 7798 * tree must be empty when we start syncing. 7799 */ 7800 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments)); 7801 } 7802 7803 /* 7804 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as 7805 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges. 7806 */ 7807 void 7808 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg) 7809 { 7810 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool; 7811 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset; 7812 bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK]; 7813 metaslab_class_t *normal = spa_normal_class(spa); 7814 metaslab_class_t *special = spa_special_class(spa); 7815 metaslab_class_t *dedup = spa_dedup_class(spa); 7816 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev; 7817 vdev_t *vd; 7818 dmu_tx_t *tx; 7819 int error; 7820 uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active * 7821 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100; 7822 7823 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa)); 7824 7825 /* 7826 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete 7827 * before this txg syncs. 7828 */ 7829 (void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]); 7830 spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 7831 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL); 7832 7833 /* 7834 * Lock out configuration changes. 7835 */ 7836 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER); 7837 7838 spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg; 7839 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0; 7840 7841 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 7842 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 7843 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i])); 7844 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 7845 } 7846 7847 /* 7848 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them 7849 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group. 7850 */ 7851 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 7852 while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) { 7853 /* 7854 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs, 7855 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config. 7856 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we 7857 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs 7858 * into the root vdev tree. 7859 */ 7860 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 7861 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 7862 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) { 7863 vdev_state_clean(vd); 7864 vdev_config_dirty(vd); 7865 } 7866 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG); 7867 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 7868 } 7869 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 7870 7871 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg); 7872 7873 spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime(); 7874 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, 7875 spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime)); 7876 7877 /* 7878 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg, 7879 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs. 7880 */ 7881 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE && 7882 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) { 7883 int i; 7884 7885 for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) { 7886 vd = rvd->vdev_child[i]; 7887 if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE) 7888 break; 7889 } 7890 if (i == rvd->vdev_children) { 7891 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE; 7892 VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset, 7893 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, 7894 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx)); 7895 } 7896 } 7897 7898 /* 7899 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each 7900 * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed. 7901 * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing 7902 * out this txg. 7903 */ 7904 uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0; 7905 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 7906 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 7907 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg; 7908 metaslab_class_t *mc; 7909 7910 if (mg == NULL || !metaslab_group_initialized(mg)) 7911 continue; 7912 7913 mc = mg->mg_class; 7914 if (mc != normal && mc != special && mc != dedup) 7915 continue; 7916 7917 /* 7918 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async 7919 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async 7920 * allocations all happen from spa_sync(). 7921 */ 7922 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) 7923 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count( 7924 &(mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth[i]))); 7925 mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth; 7926 7927 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 7928 mg->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth[i] = 7929 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth; 7930 } 7931 slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth; 7932 } 7933 7934 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 7935 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal->mc_alloc_slots[i])); 7936 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special->mc_alloc_slots[i])); 7937 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup->mc_alloc_slots[i])); 7938 normal->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator; 7939 special->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator; 7940 dedup->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator; 7941 } 7942 normal->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled; 7943 special->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled; 7944 dedup->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled; 7945 7946 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) { 7947 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c]; 7948 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd); 7949 7950 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) { 7951 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx); 7952 break; 7953 } 7954 } 7955 7956 /* 7957 * Iterate to convergence. 7958 */ 7959 do { 7960 int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass; 7961 7962 spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx); 7963 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx, 7964 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES); 7965 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx, 7966 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE); 7967 spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg); 7968 dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg); 7969 7970 if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) { 7971 spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx); 7972 } else { 7973 /* 7974 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because 7975 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1. 7976 */ 7977 ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1); 7978 bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb, 7979 &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx); 7980 } 7981 7982 ddt_sync(spa, txg); 7983 dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx); 7984 7985 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) 7986 svr_sync(spa, tx); 7987 7988 while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg)) 7989 != NULL) 7990 vdev_sync(vd, txg); 7991 7992 if (pass == 1) { 7993 spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx); 7994 ASSERT3U(txg, >=, 7995 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth); 7996 /* 7997 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty 7998 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty 7999 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we 8000 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We 8001 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because 8002 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty 8003 * data (though in this case the MOS will most 8004 * likely also be dirty due to second order 8005 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here). 8006 */ 8007 if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg && 8008 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) { 8009 /* 8010 * Nothing changed on the first pass, 8011 * therefore this TXG is a no-op. Avoid 8012 * syncing deferred frees, so that we 8013 * can keep this TXG as a no-op. 8014 */ 8015 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, 8016 txg)); 8017 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg)); 8018 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg)); 8019 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks, 8020 txg)); 8021 break; 8022 } 8023 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx); 8024 } 8025 8026 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)); 8027 8028 if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) { 8029 /* 8030 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches 8031 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets 8032 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be 8033 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in 8034 * spa_sync_config_object. 8035 */ 8036 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count; 8037 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset, 8038 spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count)); 8039 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==, 8040 all_vdev_zap_entry_count); 8041 } 8042 8043 if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) { 8044 ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]); 8045 } 8046 8047 /* 8048 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) 8049 * to commit the transaction group. 8050 * 8051 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few 8052 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the 8053 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). 8054 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs. 8055 */ 8056 for (;;) { 8057 /* 8058 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc. 8059 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels. 8060 */ 8061 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER); 8062 8063 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) { 8064 vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL }; 8065 int svdcount = 0; 8066 int children = rvd->vdev_children; 8067 int c0 = spa_get_random(children); 8068 8069 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) { 8070 vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children]; 8071 8072 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */ 8073 if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd) 8074 break; 8075 8076 if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog || 8077 !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) 8078 continue; 8079 8080 svd[svdcount++] = vd; 8081 if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) 8082 break; 8083 } 8084 error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg); 8085 } else { 8086 error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child, 8087 rvd->vdev_children, txg); 8088 } 8089 8090 if (error == 0) 8091 spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid; 8092 8093 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG); 8094 8095 if (error == 0) 8096 break; 8097 zio_suspend(spa, NULL, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR); 8098 zio_resume_wait(spa); 8099 } 8100 dmu_tx_commit(tx); 8101 8102 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY)); 8103 8104 /* 8105 * Clear the dirty config list. 8106 */ 8107 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL) 8108 vdev_config_clean(vd); 8109 8110 /* 8111 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally, 8112 * let it become visible to the config cache. 8113 */ 8114 if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) { 8115 spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing); 8116 spa->spa_config_txg = txg; 8117 spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL; 8118 } 8119 8120 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg); 8121 8122 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) { 8123 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 8124 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i])); 8125 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]); 8126 } 8127 8128 /* 8129 * Update usable space statistics. 8130 */ 8131 while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg))) 8132 != NULL) 8133 vdev_sync_done(vd, txg); 8134 8135 spa_update_dspace(spa); 8136 8137 /* 8138 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything 8139 * since vdev_config_sync(). 8140 */ 8141 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg)); 8142 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg)); 8143 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg)); 8144 8145 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync) 8146 delay(1); 8147 8148 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0; 8149 8150 /* 8151 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at 8152 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg() 8153 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with 8154 * that txg has been completed. 8155 */ 8156 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock; 8157 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG); 8158 8159 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa); 8160 8161 /* 8162 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off. 8163 */ 8164 spa_async_dispatch(spa); 8165 } 8166 8167 /* 8168 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these 8169 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the 8170 * sync. 8171 */ 8172 void 8173 spa_sync_allpools(void) 8174 { 8175 spa_t *spa = NULL; 8176 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8177 while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) { 8178 if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE || 8179 !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa)) 8180 continue; 8181 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 8182 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8183 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0); 8184 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8185 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 8186 } 8187 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8188 } 8189 8190 /* 8191 * ========================================================================== 8192 * Miscellaneous routines 8193 * ========================================================================== 8194 */ 8195 8196 /* 8197 * Remove all pools in the system. 8198 */ 8199 void 8200 spa_evict_all(void) 8201 { 8202 spa_t *spa; 8203 8204 /* 8205 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now, 8206 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced. 8207 */ 8208 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8209 while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) { 8210 /* 8211 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach 8212 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing 8213 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here. 8214 */ 8215 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG); 8216 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8217 spa_async_suspend(spa); 8218 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock); 8219 spa_close(spa, FTAG); 8220 8221 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) { 8222 spa_unload(spa); 8223 spa_deactivate(spa); 8224 } 8225 spa_remove(spa); 8226 } 8227 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock); 8228 } 8229 8230 vdev_t * 8231 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux) 8232 { 8233 vdev_t *vd; 8234 int i; 8235 8236 if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL) 8237 return (vd); 8238 8239 if (aux) { 8240 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) { 8241 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]; 8242 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid) 8243 return (vd); 8244 } 8245 8246 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) { 8247 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]; 8248 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid) 8249 return (vd); 8250 } 8251 } 8252 8253 return (NULL); 8254 } 8255 8256 void 8257 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version) 8258 { 8259 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa)); 8260 8261 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER); 8262 8263 /* 8264 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a 8265 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be 8266 * possible. 8267 */ 8268 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)); 8269 ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version); 8270 8271 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version; 8272 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev); 8273 8274 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG); 8275 8276 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0); 8277 } 8278 8279 boolean_t 8280 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid) 8281 { 8282 int i; 8283 uint64_t spareguid; 8284 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares; 8285 8286 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) 8287 if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid) 8288 return (B_TRUE); 8289 8290 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) { 8291 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, 8292 &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid) 8293 return (B_TRUE); 8294 } 8295 8296 return (B_FALSE); 8297 } 8298 8299 /* 8300 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device. 8301 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace 8302 */ 8303 static boolean_t 8304 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa) 8305 { 8306 int i, refcnt; 8307 uint64_t pool; 8308 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares; 8309 8310 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) { 8311 if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool, 8312 &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) && 8313 refcnt > 2) 8314 return (B_TRUE); 8315 } 8316 8317 return (B_FALSE); 8318 } 8319 8320 sysevent_t * 8321 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name) 8322 { 8323 sysevent_t *ev = NULL; 8324 #ifdef _KERNEL 8325 sysevent_attr_list_t *attr = NULL; 8326 sysevent_value_t value; 8327 8328 ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs", 8329 SE_SLEEP); 8330 ASSERT(ev != NULL); 8331 8332 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING; 8333 value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa); 8334 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8335 goto done; 8336 8337 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64; 8338 value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa); 8339 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8340 goto done; 8341 8342 if (vd) { 8343 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64; 8344 value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid; 8345 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value, 8346 SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8347 goto done; 8348 8349 if (vd->vdev_path) { 8350 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING; 8351 value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path; 8352 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH, 8353 &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0) 8354 goto done; 8355 } 8356 } 8357 8358 if (hist_nvl != NULL) { 8359 fnvlist_merge((nvlist_t *)attr, hist_nvl); 8360 } 8361 8362 if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0) 8363 goto done; 8364 attr = NULL; 8365 8366 done: 8367 if (attr) 8368 sysevent_free_attr(attr); 8369 8370 #endif 8371 return (ev); 8372 } 8373 8374 void 8375 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev) 8376 { 8377 #ifdef _KERNEL 8378 sysevent_id_t eid; 8379 8380 (void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid); 8381 sysevent_free(ev); 8382 #endif 8383 } 8384 8385 void 8386 spa_event_discard(sysevent_t *ev) 8387 { 8388 #ifdef _KERNEL 8389 sysevent_free(ev); 8390 #endif 8391 } 8392 8393 /* 8394 * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event. The 'name' must be one of 8395 * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be 8396 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev and history nvl. This 8397 * doesn't do anything in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to 8398 * misinterpret ztest or zdb as real changes. 8399 */ 8400 void 8401 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name) 8402 { 8403 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name)); 8404 } 8405